MDL-60061 mod_scorm: add support for drag/drop events
[moodle.git] / lib / adminlib.php
blob33f60e89843d4bd7b27984e06591873de7c5d405
1 <?php
2 // This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
3 //
4 // Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6 // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
7 // (at your option) any later version.
8 //
9 // Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 // GNU General Public License for more details.
14 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 // along with Moodle. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 /**
18 * Functions and classes used during installation, upgrades and for admin settings.
20 * ADMIN SETTINGS TREE INTRODUCTION
22 * This file performs the following tasks:
23 * -it defines the necessary objects and interfaces to build the Moodle
24 * admin hierarchy
25 * -it defines the admin_externalpage_setup()
27 * ADMIN_SETTING OBJECTS
29 * Moodle settings are represented by objects that inherit from the admin_setting
30 * class. These objects encapsulate how to read a setting, how to write a new value
31 * to a setting, and how to appropriately display the HTML to modify the setting.
33 * ADMIN_SETTINGPAGE OBJECTS
35 * The admin_setting objects are then grouped into admin_settingpages. The latter
36 * appear in the Moodle admin tree block. All interaction with admin_settingpage
37 * objects is handled by the admin/settings.php file.
39 * ADMIN_EXTERNALPAGE OBJECTS
41 * There are some settings in Moodle that are too complex to (efficiently) handle
42 * with admin_settingpages. (Consider, for example, user management and displaying
43 * lists of users.) In this case, we use the admin_externalpage object. This object
44 * places a link to an external PHP file in the admin tree block.
46 * If you're using an admin_externalpage object for some settings, you can take
47 * advantage of the admin_externalpage_* functions. For example, suppose you wanted
48 * to add a foo.php file into admin. First off, you add the following line to
49 * admin/settings/first.php (at the end of the file) or to some other file in
50 * admin/settings:
51 * <code>
52 * $ADMIN->add('userinterface', new admin_externalpage('foo', get_string('foo'),
53 * $CFG->wwwdir . '/' . '$CFG->admin . '/foo.php', 'some_role_permission'));
54 * </code>
56 * Next, in foo.php, your file structure would resemble the following:
57 * <code>
58 * require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
59 * require_once($CFG->libdir.'/adminlib.php');
60 * admin_externalpage_setup('foo');
61 * // functionality like processing form submissions goes here
62 * echo $OUTPUT->header();
63 * // your HTML goes here
64 * echo $OUTPUT->footer();
65 * </code>
67 * The admin_externalpage_setup() function call ensures the user is logged in,
68 * and makes sure that they have the proper role permission to access the page.
69 * It also configures all $PAGE properties needed for navigation.
71 * ADMIN_CATEGORY OBJECTS
73 * Above and beyond all this, we have admin_category objects. These objects
74 * appear as folders in the admin tree block. They contain admin_settingpage's,
75 * admin_externalpage's, and other admin_category's.
77 * OTHER NOTES
79 * admin_settingpage's, admin_externalpage's, and admin_category's all inherit
80 * from part_of_admin_tree (a pseudointerface). This interface insists that
81 * a class has a check_access method for access permissions, a locate method
82 * used to find a specific node in the admin tree and find parent path.
84 * admin_category's inherit from parentable_part_of_admin_tree. This pseudo-
85 * interface ensures that the class implements a recursive add function which
86 * accepts a part_of_admin_tree object and searches for the proper place to
87 * put it. parentable_part_of_admin_tree implies part_of_admin_tree.
89 * Please note that the $this->name field of any part_of_admin_tree must be
90 * UNIQUE throughout the ENTIRE admin tree.
92 * The $this->name field of an admin_setting object (which is *not* part_of_
93 * admin_tree) must be unique on the respective admin_settingpage where it is
94 * used.
96 * Original author: Vincenzo K. Marcovecchio
97 * Maintainer: Petr Skoda
99 * @package core
100 * @subpackage admin
101 * @copyright 1999 onwards Martin Dougiamas http://dougiamas.com
102 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
105 defined('MOODLE_INTERNAL') || die();
107 /// Add libraries
108 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/ddllib.php');
109 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/xmlize.php');
110 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/messagelib.php');
112 define('INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING', 1);
113 define('INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR', 2);
116 * Automatically clean-up all plugin data and remove the plugin DB tables
118 * NOTE: do not call directly, use new /admin/plugins.php?uninstall=component instead!
120 * @param string $type The plugin type, eg. 'mod', 'qtype', 'workshopgrading' etc.
121 * @param string $name The plugin name, eg. 'forum', 'multichoice', 'accumulative' etc.
122 * @uses global $OUTPUT to produce notices and other messages
123 * @return void
125 function uninstall_plugin($type, $name) {
126 global $CFG, $DB, $OUTPUT;
128 // This may take a long time.
129 core_php_time_limit::raise();
131 // Recursively uninstall all subplugins first.
132 $subplugintypes = core_component::get_plugin_types_with_subplugins();
133 if (isset($subplugintypes[$type])) {
134 $base = core_component::get_plugin_directory($type, $name);
135 if (file_exists("$base/db/subplugins.php")) {
136 $subplugins = array();
137 include("$base/db/subplugins.php");
138 foreach ($subplugins as $subplugintype=>$dir) {
139 $instances = core_component::get_plugin_list($subplugintype);
140 foreach ($instances as $subpluginname => $notusedpluginpath) {
141 uninstall_plugin($subplugintype, $subpluginname);
148 $component = $type . '_' . $name; // eg. 'qtype_multichoice' or 'workshopgrading_accumulative' or 'mod_forum'
150 if ($type === 'mod') {
151 $pluginname = $name; // eg. 'forum'
152 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists('modulename', $component)) {
153 $strpluginname = get_string('modulename', $component);
154 } else {
155 $strpluginname = $component;
158 } else {
159 $pluginname = $component;
160 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists('pluginname', $component)) {
161 $strpluginname = get_string('pluginname', $component);
162 } else {
163 $strpluginname = $component;
167 echo $OUTPUT->heading($pluginname);
169 // Delete all tag areas, collections and instances associated with this plugin.
170 core_tag_area::uninstall($component);
172 // Custom plugin uninstall.
173 $plugindirectory = core_component::get_plugin_directory($type, $name);
174 $uninstalllib = $plugindirectory . '/db/uninstall.php';
175 if (file_exists($uninstalllib)) {
176 require_once($uninstalllib);
177 $uninstallfunction = 'xmldb_' . $pluginname . '_uninstall'; // eg. 'xmldb_workshop_uninstall()'
178 if (function_exists($uninstallfunction)) {
179 // Do not verify result, let plugin complain if necessary.
180 $uninstallfunction();
184 // Specific plugin type cleanup.
185 $plugininfo = core_plugin_manager::instance()->get_plugin_info($component);
186 if ($plugininfo) {
187 $plugininfo->uninstall_cleanup();
188 core_plugin_manager::reset_caches();
190 $plugininfo = null;
192 // perform clean-up task common for all the plugin/subplugin types
194 //delete the web service functions and pre-built services
195 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/lib/externallib.php');
196 external_delete_descriptions($component);
198 // delete calendar events
199 $DB->delete_records('event', array('modulename' => $pluginname));
201 // Delete scheduled tasks.
202 $DB->delete_records('task_scheduled', array('component' => $component));
204 // Delete Inbound Message datakeys.
205 $DB->delete_records_select('messageinbound_datakeys',
206 'handler IN (SELECT id FROM {messageinbound_handlers} WHERE component = ?)', array($component));
208 // Delete Inbound Message handlers.
209 $DB->delete_records('messageinbound_handlers', array('component' => $component));
211 // delete all the logs
212 $DB->delete_records('log', array('module' => $pluginname));
214 // delete log_display information
215 $DB->delete_records('log_display', array('component' => $component));
217 // delete the module configuration records
218 unset_all_config_for_plugin($component);
219 if ($type === 'mod') {
220 unset_all_config_for_plugin($pluginname);
223 // delete message provider
224 message_provider_uninstall($component);
226 // delete the plugin tables
227 $xmldbfilepath = $plugindirectory . '/db/install.xml';
228 drop_plugin_tables($component, $xmldbfilepath, false);
229 if ($type === 'mod' or $type === 'block') {
230 // non-frankenstyle table prefixes
231 drop_plugin_tables($name, $xmldbfilepath, false);
234 // delete the capabilities that were defined by this module
235 capabilities_cleanup($component);
237 // remove event handlers and dequeue pending events
238 events_uninstall($component);
240 // Delete all remaining files in the filepool owned by the component.
241 $fs = get_file_storage();
242 $fs->delete_component_files($component);
244 // Finally purge all caches.
245 purge_all_caches();
247 // Invalidate the hash used for upgrade detections.
248 set_config('allversionshash', '');
250 echo $OUTPUT->notification(get_string('success'), 'notifysuccess');
254 * Returns the version of installed component
256 * @param string $component component name
257 * @param string $source either 'disk' or 'installed' - where to get the version information from
258 * @return string|bool version number or false if the component is not found
260 function get_component_version($component, $source='installed') {
261 global $CFG, $DB;
263 list($type, $name) = core_component::normalize_component($component);
265 // moodle core or a core subsystem
266 if ($type === 'core') {
267 if ($source === 'installed') {
268 if (empty($CFG->version)) {
269 return false;
270 } else {
271 return $CFG->version;
273 } else {
274 if (!is_readable($CFG->dirroot.'/version.php')) {
275 return false;
276 } else {
277 $version = null; //initialize variable for IDEs
278 include($CFG->dirroot.'/version.php');
279 return $version;
284 // activity module
285 if ($type === 'mod') {
286 if ($source === 'installed') {
287 if ($CFG->version < 2013092001.02) {
288 return $DB->get_field('modules', 'version', array('name'=>$name));
289 } else {
290 return get_config('mod_'.$name, 'version');
293 } else {
294 $mods = core_component::get_plugin_list('mod');
295 if (empty($mods[$name]) or !is_readable($mods[$name].'/version.php')) {
296 return false;
297 } else {
298 $plugin = new stdClass();
299 $plugin->version = null;
300 $module = $plugin;
301 include($mods[$name].'/version.php');
302 return $plugin->version;
307 // block
308 if ($type === 'block') {
309 if ($source === 'installed') {
310 if ($CFG->version < 2013092001.02) {
311 return $DB->get_field('block', 'version', array('name'=>$name));
312 } else {
313 return get_config('block_'.$name, 'version');
315 } else {
316 $blocks = core_component::get_plugin_list('block');
317 if (empty($blocks[$name]) or !is_readable($blocks[$name].'/version.php')) {
318 return false;
319 } else {
320 $plugin = new stdclass();
321 include($blocks[$name].'/version.php');
322 return $plugin->version;
327 // all other plugin types
328 if ($source === 'installed') {
329 return get_config($type.'_'.$name, 'version');
330 } else {
331 $plugins = core_component::get_plugin_list($type);
332 if (empty($plugins[$name])) {
333 return false;
334 } else {
335 $plugin = new stdclass();
336 include($plugins[$name].'/version.php');
337 return $plugin->version;
343 * Delete all plugin tables
345 * @param string $name Name of plugin, used as table prefix
346 * @param string $file Path to install.xml file
347 * @param bool $feedback defaults to true
348 * @return bool Always returns true
350 function drop_plugin_tables($name, $file, $feedback=true) {
351 global $CFG, $DB;
353 // first try normal delete
354 if (file_exists($file) and $DB->get_manager()->delete_tables_from_xmldb_file($file)) {
355 return true;
358 // then try to find all tables that start with name and are not in any xml file
359 $used_tables = get_used_table_names();
361 $tables = $DB->get_tables();
363 /// Iterate over, fixing id fields as necessary
364 foreach ($tables as $table) {
365 if (in_array($table, $used_tables)) {
366 continue;
369 if (strpos($table, $name) !== 0) {
370 continue;
373 // found orphan table --> delete it
374 if ($DB->get_manager()->table_exists($table)) {
375 $xmldb_table = new xmldb_table($table);
376 $DB->get_manager()->drop_table($xmldb_table);
380 return true;
384 * Returns names of all known tables == tables that moodle knows about.
386 * @return array Array of lowercase table names
388 function get_used_table_names() {
389 $table_names = array();
390 $dbdirs = get_db_directories();
392 foreach ($dbdirs as $dbdir) {
393 $file = $dbdir.'/install.xml';
395 $xmldb_file = new xmldb_file($file);
397 if (!$xmldb_file->fileExists()) {
398 continue;
401 $loaded = $xmldb_file->loadXMLStructure();
402 $structure = $xmldb_file->getStructure();
404 if ($loaded and $tables = $structure->getTables()) {
405 foreach($tables as $table) {
406 $table_names[] = strtolower($table->getName());
411 return $table_names;
415 * Returns list of all directories where we expect install.xml files
416 * @return array Array of paths
418 function get_db_directories() {
419 global $CFG;
421 $dbdirs = array();
423 /// First, the main one (lib/db)
424 $dbdirs[] = $CFG->libdir.'/db';
426 /// Then, all the ones defined by core_component::get_plugin_types()
427 $plugintypes = core_component::get_plugin_types();
428 foreach ($plugintypes as $plugintype => $pluginbasedir) {
429 if ($plugins = core_component::get_plugin_list($plugintype)) {
430 foreach ($plugins as $plugin => $plugindir) {
431 $dbdirs[] = $plugindir.'/db';
436 return $dbdirs;
440 * Try to obtain or release the cron lock.
441 * @param string $name name of lock
442 * @param int $until timestamp when this lock considered stale, null means remove lock unconditionally
443 * @param bool $ignorecurrent ignore current lock state, usually extend previous lock, defaults to false
444 * @return bool true if lock obtained
446 function set_cron_lock($name, $until, $ignorecurrent=false) {
447 global $DB;
448 if (empty($name)) {
449 debugging("Tried to get a cron lock for a null fieldname");
450 return false;
453 // remove lock by force == remove from config table
454 if (is_null($until)) {
455 set_config($name, null);
456 return true;
459 if (!$ignorecurrent) {
460 // read value from db - other processes might have changed it
461 $value = $DB->get_field('config', 'value', array('name'=>$name));
463 if ($value and $value > time()) {
464 //lock active
465 return false;
469 set_config($name, $until);
470 return true;
474 * Test if and critical warnings are present
475 * @return bool
477 function admin_critical_warnings_present() {
478 global $SESSION;
480 if (!has_capability('moodle/site:config', context_system::instance())) {
481 return 0;
484 if (!isset($SESSION->admin_critical_warning)) {
485 $SESSION->admin_critical_warning = 0;
486 if (is_dataroot_insecure(true) === INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR) {
487 $SESSION->admin_critical_warning = 1;
491 return $SESSION->admin_critical_warning;
495 * Detects if float supports at least 10 decimal digits
497 * Detects if float supports at least 10 decimal digits
498 * and also if float-->string conversion works as expected.
500 * @return bool true if problem found
502 function is_float_problem() {
503 $num1 = 2009010200.01;
504 $num2 = 2009010200.02;
506 return ((string)$num1 === (string)$num2 or $num1 === $num2 or $num2 <= (string)$num1);
510 * Try to verify that dataroot is not accessible from web.
512 * Try to verify that dataroot is not accessible from web.
513 * It is not 100% correct but might help to reduce number of vulnerable sites.
514 * Protection from httpd.conf and .htaccess is not detected properly.
516 * @uses INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING
517 * @uses INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR
518 * @param bool $fetchtest try to test public access by fetching file, default false
519 * @return mixed empty means secure, INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR found a critical problem, INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING might be problematic
521 function is_dataroot_insecure($fetchtest=false) {
522 global $CFG;
524 $siteroot = str_replace('\\', '/', strrev($CFG->dirroot.'/')); // win32 backslash workaround
526 $rp = preg_replace('|https?://[^/]+|i', '', $CFG->wwwroot, 1);
527 $rp = strrev(trim($rp, '/'));
528 $rp = explode('/', $rp);
529 foreach($rp as $r) {
530 if (strpos($siteroot, '/'.$r.'/') === 0) {
531 $siteroot = substr($siteroot, strlen($r)+1); // moodle web in subdirectory
532 } else {
533 break; // probably alias root
537 $siteroot = strrev($siteroot);
538 $dataroot = str_replace('\\', '/', $CFG->dataroot.'/');
540 if (strpos($dataroot, $siteroot) !== 0) {
541 return false;
544 if (!$fetchtest) {
545 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING;
548 // now try all methods to fetch a test file using http protocol
550 $httpdocroot = str_replace('\\', '/', strrev($CFG->dirroot.'/'));
551 preg_match('|(https?://[^/]+)|i', $CFG->wwwroot, $matches);
552 $httpdocroot = $matches[1];
553 $datarooturl = $httpdocroot.'/'. substr($dataroot, strlen($siteroot));
554 make_upload_directory('diag');
555 $testfile = $CFG->dataroot.'/diag/public.txt';
556 if (!file_exists($testfile)) {
557 file_put_contents($testfile, 'test file, do not delete');
558 @chmod($testfile, $CFG->filepermissions);
560 $teststr = trim(file_get_contents($testfile));
561 if (empty($teststr)) {
562 // hmm, strange
563 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING;
566 $testurl = $datarooturl.'/diag/public.txt';
567 if (extension_loaded('curl') and
568 !(stripos(ini_get('disable_functions'), 'curl_init') !== FALSE) and
569 !(stripos(ini_get('disable_functions'), 'curl_setop') !== FALSE) and
570 ($ch = @curl_init($testurl)) !== false) {
571 curl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_RETURNTRANSFER, true);
572 curl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_HEADER, false);
573 $data = curl_exec($ch);
574 if (!curl_errno($ch)) {
575 $data = trim($data);
576 if ($data === $teststr) {
577 curl_close($ch);
578 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR;
581 curl_close($ch);
584 if ($data = @file_get_contents($testurl)) {
585 $data = trim($data);
586 if ($data === $teststr) {
587 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR;
591 preg_match('|https?://([^/]+)|i', $testurl, $matches);
592 $sitename = $matches[1];
593 $error = 0;
594 if ($fp = @fsockopen($sitename, 80, $error)) {
595 preg_match('|https?://[^/]+(.*)|i', $testurl, $matches);
596 $localurl = $matches[1];
597 $out = "GET $localurl HTTP/1.1\r\n";
598 $out .= "Host: $sitename\r\n";
599 $out .= "Connection: Close\r\n\r\n";
600 fwrite($fp, $out);
601 $data = '';
602 $incoming = false;
603 while (!feof($fp)) {
604 if ($incoming) {
605 $data .= fgets($fp, 1024);
606 } else if (@fgets($fp, 1024) === "\r\n") {
607 $incoming = true;
610 fclose($fp);
611 $data = trim($data);
612 if ($data === $teststr) {
613 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR;
617 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING;
621 * Enables CLI maintenance mode by creating new dataroot/climaintenance.html file.
623 function enable_cli_maintenance_mode() {
624 global $CFG;
626 if (file_exists("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html")) {
627 unlink("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html");
630 if (isset($CFG->maintenance_message) and !html_is_blank($CFG->maintenance_message)) {
631 $data = $CFG->maintenance_message;
632 $data = bootstrap_renderer::early_error_content($data, null, null, null);
633 $data = bootstrap_renderer::plain_page(get_string('sitemaintenance', 'admin'), $data);
635 } else if (file_exists("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.template.html")) {
636 $data = file_get_contents("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.template.html");
638 } else {
639 $data = get_string('sitemaintenance', 'admin');
640 $data = bootstrap_renderer::early_error_content($data, null, null, null);
641 $data = bootstrap_renderer::plain_page(get_string('sitemaintenance', 'admin'), $data);
644 file_put_contents("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html", $data);
645 chmod("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html", $CFG->filepermissions);
648 /// CLASS DEFINITIONS /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
652 * Interface for anything appearing in the admin tree
654 * The interface that is implemented by anything that appears in the admin tree
655 * block. It forces inheriting classes to define a method for checking user permissions
656 * and methods for finding something in the admin tree.
658 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
660 interface part_of_admin_tree {
663 * Finds a named part_of_admin_tree.
665 * Used to find a part_of_admin_tree. If a class only inherits part_of_admin_tree
666 * and not parentable_part_of_admin_tree, then this function should only check if
667 * $this->name matches $name. If it does, it should return a reference to $this,
668 * otherwise, it should return a reference to NULL.
670 * If a class inherits parentable_part_of_admin_tree, this method should be called
671 * recursively on all child objects (assuming, of course, the parent object's name
672 * doesn't match the search criterion).
674 * @param string $name The internal name of the part_of_admin_tree we're searching for.
675 * @return mixed An object reference or a NULL reference.
677 public function locate($name);
680 * Removes named part_of_admin_tree.
682 * @param string $name The internal name of the part_of_admin_tree we want to remove.
683 * @return bool success.
685 public function prune($name);
688 * Search using query
689 * @param string $query
690 * @return mixed array-object structure of found settings and pages
692 public function search($query);
695 * Verifies current user's access to this part_of_admin_tree.
697 * Used to check if the current user has access to this part of the admin tree or
698 * not. If a class only inherits part_of_admin_tree and not parentable_part_of_admin_tree,
699 * then this method is usually just a call to has_capability() in the site context.
701 * If a class inherits parentable_part_of_admin_tree, this method should return the
702 * logical OR of the return of check_access() on all child objects.
704 * @return bool True if the user has access, false if she doesn't.
706 public function check_access();
709 * Mostly useful for removing of some parts of the tree in admin tree block.
711 * @return True is hidden from normal list view
713 public function is_hidden();
716 * Show we display Save button at the page bottom?
717 * @return bool
719 public function show_save();
724 * Interface implemented by any part_of_admin_tree that has children.
726 * The interface implemented by any part_of_admin_tree that can be a parent
727 * to other part_of_admin_tree's. (For now, this only includes admin_category.) Apart
728 * from ensuring part_of_admin_tree compliancy, it also ensures inheriting methods
729 * include an add method for adding other part_of_admin_tree objects as children.
731 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
733 interface parentable_part_of_admin_tree extends part_of_admin_tree {
736 * Adds a part_of_admin_tree object to the admin tree.
738 * Used to add a part_of_admin_tree object to this object or a child of this
739 * object. $something should only be added if $destinationname matches
740 * $this->name. If it doesn't, add should be called on child objects that are
741 * also parentable_part_of_admin_tree's.
743 * $something should be appended as the last child in the $destinationname. If the
744 * $beforesibling is specified, $something should be prepended to it. If the given
745 * sibling is not found, $something should be appended to the end of $destinationname
746 * and a developer debugging message should be displayed.
748 * @param string $destinationname The internal name of the new parent for $something.
749 * @param part_of_admin_tree $something The object to be added.
750 * @return bool True on success, false on failure.
752 public function add($destinationname, $something, $beforesibling = null);
758 * The object used to represent folders (a.k.a. categories) in the admin tree block.
760 * Each admin_category object contains a number of part_of_admin_tree objects.
762 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
764 class admin_category implements parentable_part_of_admin_tree {
766 /** @var part_of_admin_tree[] An array of part_of_admin_tree objects that are this object's children */
767 protected $children;
768 /** @var string An internal name for this category. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects */
769 public $name;
770 /** @var string The displayed name for this category. Usually obtained through get_string() */
771 public $visiblename;
772 /** @var bool Should this category be hidden in admin tree block? */
773 public $hidden;
774 /** @var mixed Either a string or an array or strings */
775 public $path;
776 /** @var mixed Either a string or an array or strings */
777 public $visiblepath;
779 /** @var array fast lookup category cache, all categories of one tree point to one cache */
780 protected $category_cache;
782 /** @var bool If set to true children will be sorted when calling {@link admin_category::get_children()} */
783 protected $sort = false;
784 /** @var bool If set to true children will be sorted in ascending order. */
785 protected $sortasc = true;
786 /** @var bool If set to true sub categories and pages will be split and then sorted.. */
787 protected $sortsplit = true;
788 /** @var bool $sorted True if the children have been sorted and don't need resorting */
789 protected $sorted = false;
792 * Constructor for an empty admin category
794 * @param string $name The internal name for this category. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects
795 * @param string $visiblename The displayed named for this category. Usually obtained through get_string()
796 * @param bool $hidden hide category in admin tree block, defaults to false
798 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $hidden=false) {
799 $this->children = array();
800 $this->name = $name;
801 $this->visiblename = $visiblename;
802 $this->hidden = $hidden;
806 * Returns a reference to the part_of_admin_tree object with internal name $name.
808 * @param string $name The internal name of the object we want.
809 * @param bool $findpath initialize path and visiblepath arrays
810 * @return mixed A reference to the object with internal name $name if found, otherwise a reference to NULL.
811 * defaults to false
813 public function locate($name, $findpath=false) {
814 if (!isset($this->category_cache[$this->name])) {
815 // somebody much have purged the cache
816 $this->category_cache[$this->name] = $this;
819 if ($this->name == $name) {
820 if ($findpath) {
821 $this->visiblepath[] = $this->visiblename;
822 $this->path[] = $this->name;
824 return $this;
827 // quick category lookup
828 if (!$findpath and isset($this->category_cache[$name])) {
829 return $this->category_cache[$name];
832 $return = NULL;
833 foreach($this->children as $childid=>$unused) {
834 if ($return = $this->children[$childid]->locate($name, $findpath)) {
835 break;
839 if (!is_null($return) and $findpath) {
840 $return->visiblepath[] = $this->visiblename;
841 $return->path[] = $this->name;
844 return $return;
848 * Search using query
850 * @param string query
851 * @return mixed array-object structure of found settings and pages
853 public function search($query) {
854 $result = array();
855 foreach ($this->get_children() as $child) {
856 $subsearch = $child->search($query);
857 if (!is_array($subsearch)) {
858 debugging('Incorrect search result from '.$child->name);
859 continue;
861 $result = array_merge($result, $subsearch);
863 return $result;
867 * Removes part_of_admin_tree object with internal name $name.
869 * @param string $name The internal name of the object we want to remove.
870 * @return bool success
872 public function prune($name) {
874 if ($this->name == $name) {
875 return false; //can not remove itself
878 foreach($this->children as $precedence => $child) {
879 if ($child->name == $name) {
880 // clear cache and delete self
881 while($this->category_cache) {
882 // delete the cache, but keep the original array address
883 array_pop($this->category_cache);
885 unset($this->children[$precedence]);
886 return true;
887 } else if ($this->children[$precedence]->prune($name)) {
888 return true;
891 return false;
895 * Adds a part_of_admin_tree to a child or grandchild (or great-grandchild, and so forth) of this object.
897 * By default the new part of the tree is appended as the last child of the parent. You
898 * can specify a sibling node that the new part should be prepended to. If the given
899 * sibling is not found, the part is appended to the end (as it would be by default) and
900 * a developer debugging message is displayed.
902 * @throws coding_exception if the $beforesibling is empty string or is not string at all.
903 * @param string $destinationame The internal name of the immediate parent that we want for $something.
904 * @param mixed $something A part_of_admin_tree or setting instance to be added.
905 * @param string $beforesibling The name of the parent's child the $something should be prepended to.
906 * @return bool True if successfully added, false if $something can not be added.
908 public function add($parentname, $something, $beforesibling = null) {
909 global $CFG;
911 $parent = $this->locate($parentname);
912 if (is_null($parent)) {
913 debugging('parent does not exist!');
914 return false;
917 if ($something instanceof part_of_admin_tree) {
918 if (!($parent instanceof parentable_part_of_admin_tree)) {
919 debugging('error - parts of tree can be inserted only into parentable parts');
920 return false;
922 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper && !is_null($this->locate($something->name))) {
923 // The name of the node is already used, simply warn the developer that this should not happen.
924 // It is intentional to check for the debug level before performing the check.
925 debugging('Duplicate admin page name: ' . $something->name, DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
927 if (is_null($beforesibling)) {
928 // Append $something as the parent's last child.
929 $parent->children[] = $something;
930 } else {
931 if (!is_string($beforesibling) or trim($beforesibling) === '') {
932 throw new coding_exception('Unexpected value of the beforesibling parameter');
934 // Try to find the position of the sibling.
935 $siblingposition = null;
936 foreach ($parent->children as $childposition => $child) {
937 if ($child->name === $beforesibling) {
938 $siblingposition = $childposition;
939 break;
942 if (is_null($siblingposition)) {
943 debugging('Sibling '.$beforesibling.' not found', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
944 $parent->children[] = $something;
945 } else {
946 $parent->children = array_merge(
947 array_slice($parent->children, 0, $siblingposition),
948 array($something),
949 array_slice($parent->children, $siblingposition)
953 if ($something instanceof admin_category) {
954 if (isset($this->category_cache[$something->name])) {
955 debugging('Duplicate admin category name: '.$something->name);
956 } else {
957 $this->category_cache[$something->name] = $something;
958 $something->category_cache =& $this->category_cache;
959 foreach ($something->children as $child) {
960 // just in case somebody already added subcategories
961 if ($child instanceof admin_category) {
962 if (isset($this->category_cache[$child->name])) {
963 debugging('Duplicate admin category name: '.$child->name);
964 } else {
965 $this->category_cache[$child->name] = $child;
966 $child->category_cache =& $this->category_cache;
972 return true;
974 } else {
975 debugging('error - can not add this element');
976 return false;
982 * Checks if the user has access to anything in this category.
984 * @return bool True if the user has access to at least one child in this category, false otherwise.
986 public function check_access() {
987 foreach ($this->children as $child) {
988 if ($child->check_access()) {
989 return true;
992 return false;
996 * Is this category hidden in admin tree block?
998 * @return bool True if hidden
1000 public function is_hidden() {
1001 return $this->hidden;
1005 * Show we display Save button at the page bottom?
1006 * @return bool
1008 public function show_save() {
1009 foreach ($this->children as $child) {
1010 if ($child->show_save()) {
1011 return true;
1014 return false;
1018 * Sets sorting on this category.
1020 * Please note this function doesn't actually do the sorting.
1021 * It can be called anytime.
1022 * Sorting occurs when the user calls get_children.
1023 * Code using the children array directly won't see the sorted results.
1025 * @param bool $sort If set to true children will be sorted, if false they won't be.
1026 * @param bool $asc If true sorting will be ascending, otherwise descending.
1027 * @param bool $split If true we sort pages and sub categories separately.
1029 public function set_sorting($sort, $asc = true, $split = true) {
1030 $this->sort = (bool)$sort;
1031 $this->sortasc = (bool)$asc;
1032 $this->sortsplit = (bool)$split;
1036 * Returns the children associated with this category.
1038 * @return part_of_admin_tree[]
1040 public function get_children() {
1041 // If we should sort and it hasn't already been sorted.
1042 if ($this->sort && !$this->sorted) {
1043 if ($this->sortsplit) {
1044 $categories = array();
1045 $pages = array();
1046 foreach ($this->children as $child) {
1047 if ($child instanceof admin_category) {
1048 $categories[] = $child;
1049 } else {
1050 $pages[] = $child;
1053 core_collator::asort_objects_by_property($categories, 'visiblename');
1054 core_collator::asort_objects_by_property($pages, 'visiblename');
1055 if (!$this->sortasc) {
1056 $categories = array_reverse($categories);
1057 $pages = array_reverse($pages);
1059 $this->children = array_merge($pages, $categories);
1060 } else {
1061 core_collator::asort_objects_by_property($this->children, 'visiblename');
1062 if (!$this->sortasc) {
1063 $this->children = array_reverse($this->children);
1066 $this->sorted = true;
1068 return $this->children;
1072 * Magically gets a property from this object.
1074 * @param $property
1075 * @return part_of_admin_tree[]
1076 * @throws coding_exception
1078 public function __get($property) {
1079 if ($property === 'children') {
1080 return $this->get_children();
1082 throw new coding_exception('Invalid property requested.');
1086 * Magically sets a property against this object.
1088 * @param string $property
1089 * @param mixed $value
1090 * @throws coding_exception
1092 public function __set($property, $value) {
1093 if ($property === 'children') {
1094 $this->sorted = false;
1095 $this->children = $value;
1096 } else {
1097 throw new coding_exception('Invalid property requested.');
1102 * Checks if an inaccessible property is set.
1104 * @param string $property
1105 * @return bool
1106 * @throws coding_exception
1108 public function __isset($property) {
1109 if ($property === 'children') {
1110 return isset($this->children);
1112 throw new coding_exception('Invalid property requested.');
1118 * Root of admin settings tree, does not have any parent.
1120 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
1122 class admin_root extends admin_category {
1123 /** @var array List of errors */
1124 public $errors;
1125 /** @var string search query */
1126 public $search;
1127 /** @var bool full tree flag - true means all settings required, false only pages required */
1128 public $fulltree;
1129 /** @var bool flag indicating loaded tree */
1130 public $loaded;
1131 /** @var mixed site custom defaults overriding defaults in settings files*/
1132 public $custom_defaults;
1135 * @param bool $fulltree true means all settings required,
1136 * false only pages required
1138 public function __construct($fulltree) {
1139 global $CFG;
1141 parent::__construct('root', get_string('administration'), false);
1142 $this->errors = array();
1143 $this->search = '';
1144 $this->fulltree = $fulltree;
1145 $this->loaded = false;
1147 $this->category_cache = array();
1149 // load custom defaults if found
1150 $this->custom_defaults = null;
1151 $defaultsfile = "$CFG->dirroot/local/defaults.php";
1152 if (is_readable($defaultsfile)) {
1153 $defaults = array();
1154 include($defaultsfile);
1155 if (is_array($defaults) and count($defaults)) {
1156 $this->custom_defaults = $defaults;
1162 * Empties children array, and sets loaded to false
1164 * @param bool $requirefulltree
1166 public function purge_children($requirefulltree) {
1167 $this->children = array();
1168 $this->fulltree = ($requirefulltree || $this->fulltree);
1169 $this->loaded = false;
1170 //break circular dependencies - this helps PHP 5.2
1171 while($this->category_cache) {
1172 array_pop($this->category_cache);
1174 $this->category_cache = array();
1180 * Links external PHP pages into the admin tree.
1182 * See detailed usage example at the top of this document (adminlib.php)
1184 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
1186 class admin_externalpage implements part_of_admin_tree {
1188 /** @var string An internal name for this external page. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects */
1189 public $name;
1191 /** @var string The displayed name for this external page. Usually obtained through get_string(). */
1192 public $visiblename;
1194 /** @var string The external URL that we should link to when someone requests this external page. */
1195 public $url;
1197 /** @var string The role capability/permission a user must have to access this external page. */
1198 public $req_capability;
1200 /** @var object The context in which capability/permission should be checked, default is site context. */
1201 public $context;
1203 /** @var bool hidden in admin tree block. */
1204 public $hidden;
1206 /** @var mixed either string or array of string */
1207 public $path;
1209 /** @var array list of visible names of page parents */
1210 public $visiblepath;
1213 * Constructor for adding an external page into the admin tree.
1215 * @param string $name The internal name for this external page. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects.
1216 * @param string $visiblename The displayed name for this external page. Usually obtained through get_string().
1217 * @param string $url The external URL that we should link to when someone requests this external page.
1218 * @param mixed $req_capability The role capability/permission a user must have to access this external page. Defaults to 'moodle/site:config'.
1219 * @param boolean $hidden Is this external page hidden in admin tree block? Default false.
1220 * @param stdClass $context The context the page relates to. Not sure what happens
1221 * if you specify something other than system or front page. Defaults to system.
1223 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $url, $req_capability='moodle/site:config', $hidden=false, $context=NULL) {
1224 $this->name = $name;
1225 $this->visiblename = $visiblename;
1226 $this->url = $url;
1227 if (is_array($req_capability)) {
1228 $this->req_capability = $req_capability;
1229 } else {
1230 $this->req_capability = array($req_capability);
1232 $this->hidden = $hidden;
1233 $this->context = $context;
1237 * Returns a reference to the part_of_admin_tree object with internal name $name.
1239 * @param string $name The internal name of the object we want.
1240 * @param bool $findpath defaults to false
1241 * @return mixed A reference to the object with internal name $name if found, otherwise a reference to NULL.
1243 public function locate($name, $findpath=false) {
1244 if ($this->name == $name) {
1245 if ($findpath) {
1246 $this->visiblepath = array($this->visiblename);
1247 $this->path = array($this->name);
1249 return $this;
1250 } else {
1251 $return = NULL;
1252 return $return;
1257 * This function always returns false, required function by interface
1259 * @param string $name
1260 * @return false
1262 public function prune($name) {
1263 return false;
1267 * Search using query
1269 * @param string $query
1270 * @return mixed array-object structure of found settings and pages
1272 public function search($query) {
1273 $found = false;
1274 if (strpos(strtolower($this->name), $query) !== false) {
1275 $found = true;
1276 } else if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($this->visiblename), $query) !== false) {
1277 $found = true;
1279 if ($found) {
1280 $result = new stdClass();
1281 $result->page = $this;
1282 $result->settings = array();
1283 return array($this->name => $result);
1284 } else {
1285 return array();
1290 * Determines if the current user has access to this external page based on $this->req_capability.
1292 * @return bool True if user has access, false otherwise.
1294 public function check_access() {
1295 global $CFG;
1296 $context = empty($this->context) ? context_system::instance() : $this->context;
1297 foreach($this->req_capability as $cap) {
1298 if (has_capability($cap, $context)) {
1299 return true;
1302 return false;
1306 * Is this external page hidden in admin tree block?
1308 * @return bool True if hidden
1310 public function is_hidden() {
1311 return $this->hidden;
1315 * Show we display Save button at the page bottom?
1316 * @return bool
1318 public function show_save() {
1319 return false;
1325 * Used to group a number of admin_setting objects into a page and add them to the admin tree.
1327 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
1329 class admin_settingpage implements part_of_admin_tree {
1331 /** @var string An internal name for this external page. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects */
1332 public $name;
1334 /** @var string The displayed name for this external page. Usually obtained through get_string(). */
1335 public $visiblename;
1337 /** @var mixed An array of admin_setting objects that are part of this setting page. */
1338 public $settings;
1340 /** @var string The role capability/permission a user must have to access this external page. */
1341 public $req_capability;
1343 /** @var object The context in which capability/permission should be checked, default is site context. */
1344 public $context;
1346 /** @var bool hidden in admin tree block. */
1347 public $hidden;
1349 /** @var mixed string of paths or array of strings of paths */
1350 public $path;
1352 /** @var array list of visible names of page parents */
1353 public $visiblepath;
1356 * see admin_settingpage for details of this function
1358 * @param string $name The internal name for this external page. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects.
1359 * @param string $visiblename The displayed name for this external page. Usually obtained through get_string().
1360 * @param mixed $req_capability The role capability/permission a user must have to access this external page. Defaults to 'moodle/site:config'.
1361 * @param boolean $hidden Is this external page hidden in admin tree block? Default false.
1362 * @param stdClass $context The context the page relates to. Not sure what happens
1363 * if you specify something other than system or front page. Defaults to system.
1365 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $req_capability='moodle/site:config', $hidden=false, $context=NULL) {
1366 $this->settings = new stdClass();
1367 $this->name = $name;
1368 $this->visiblename = $visiblename;
1369 if (is_array($req_capability)) {
1370 $this->req_capability = $req_capability;
1371 } else {
1372 $this->req_capability = array($req_capability);
1374 $this->hidden = $hidden;
1375 $this->context = $context;
1379 * see admin_category
1381 * @param string $name
1382 * @param bool $findpath
1383 * @return mixed Object (this) if name == this->name, else returns null
1385 public function locate($name, $findpath=false) {
1386 if ($this->name == $name) {
1387 if ($findpath) {
1388 $this->visiblepath = array($this->visiblename);
1389 $this->path = array($this->name);
1391 return $this;
1392 } else {
1393 $return = NULL;
1394 return $return;
1399 * Search string in settings page.
1401 * @param string $query
1402 * @return array
1404 public function search($query) {
1405 $found = array();
1407 foreach ($this->settings as $setting) {
1408 if ($setting->is_related($query)) {
1409 $found[] = $setting;
1413 if ($found) {
1414 $result = new stdClass();
1415 $result->page = $this;
1416 $result->settings = $found;
1417 return array($this->name => $result);
1420 $found = false;
1421 if (strpos(strtolower($this->name), $query) !== false) {
1422 $found = true;
1423 } else if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($this->visiblename), $query) !== false) {
1424 $found = true;
1426 if ($found) {
1427 $result = new stdClass();
1428 $result->page = $this;
1429 $result->settings = array();
1430 return array($this->name => $result);
1431 } else {
1432 return array();
1437 * This function always returns false, required by interface
1439 * @param string $name
1440 * @return bool Always false
1442 public function prune($name) {
1443 return false;
1447 * adds an admin_setting to this admin_settingpage
1449 * not the same as add for admin_category. adds an admin_setting to this admin_settingpage. settings appear (on the settingpage) in the order in which they're added
1450 * n.b. each admin_setting in an admin_settingpage must have a unique internal name
1452 * @param object $setting is the admin_setting object you want to add
1453 * @return bool true if successful, false if not
1455 public function add($setting) {
1456 if (!($setting instanceof admin_setting)) {
1457 debugging('error - not a setting instance');
1458 return false;
1461 $name = $setting->name;
1462 if ($setting->plugin) {
1463 $name = $setting->plugin . $name;
1465 $this->settings->{$name} = $setting;
1466 return true;
1470 * see admin_externalpage
1472 * @return bool Returns true for yes false for no
1474 public function check_access() {
1475 global $CFG;
1476 $context = empty($this->context) ? context_system::instance() : $this->context;
1477 foreach($this->req_capability as $cap) {
1478 if (has_capability($cap, $context)) {
1479 return true;
1482 return false;
1486 * outputs this page as html in a table (suitable for inclusion in an admin pagetype)
1487 * @return string Returns an XHTML string
1489 public function output_html() {
1490 $adminroot = admin_get_root();
1491 $return = '<fieldset>'."\n".'<div class="clearer"><!-- --></div>'."\n";
1492 foreach($this->settings as $setting) {
1493 $fullname = $setting->get_full_name();
1494 if (array_key_exists($fullname, $adminroot->errors)) {
1495 $data = $adminroot->errors[$fullname]->data;
1496 } else {
1497 $data = $setting->get_setting();
1498 // do not use defaults if settings not available - upgrade settings handles the defaults!
1500 $return .= $setting->output_html($data);
1502 $return .= '</fieldset>';
1503 return $return;
1507 * Is this settings page hidden in admin tree block?
1509 * @return bool True if hidden
1511 public function is_hidden() {
1512 return $this->hidden;
1516 * Show we display Save button at the page bottom?
1517 * @return bool
1519 public function show_save() {
1520 foreach($this->settings as $setting) {
1521 if (empty($setting->nosave)) {
1522 return true;
1525 return false;
1531 * Admin settings class. Only exists on setting pages.
1532 * Read & write happens at this level; no authentication.
1534 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
1536 abstract class admin_setting {
1537 /** @var string unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins. */
1538 public $name;
1539 /** @var string localised name */
1540 public $visiblename;
1541 /** @var string localised long description in Markdown format */
1542 public $description;
1543 /** @var mixed Can be string or array of string */
1544 public $defaultsetting;
1545 /** @var string */
1546 public $updatedcallback;
1547 /** @var mixed can be String or Null. Null means main config table */
1548 public $plugin; // null means main config table
1549 /** @var bool true indicates this setting does not actually save anything, just information */
1550 public $nosave = false;
1551 /** @var bool if set, indicates that a change to this setting requires rebuild course cache */
1552 public $affectsmodinfo = false;
1553 /** @var array of admin_setting_flag - These are extra checkboxes attached to a setting. */
1554 private $flags = array();
1555 /** @var bool Whether this field must be forced LTR. */
1556 private $forceltr = null;
1559 * Constructor
1560 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config,
1561 * or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
1562 * @param string $visiblename localised name
1563 * @param string $description localised long description
1564 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array depending on implementation
1566 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting) {
1567 $this->parse_setting_name($name);
1568 $this->visiblename = $visiblename;
1569 $this->description = $description;
1570 $this->defaultsetting = $defaultsetting;
1574 * Generic function to add a flag to this admin setting.
1576 * @param bool $enabled - One of self::OPTION_ENABLED or self::OPTION_DISABLED
1577 * @param bool $default - The default for the flag
1578 * @param string $shortname - The shortname for this flag. Used as a suffix for the setting name.
1579 * @param string $displayname - The display name for this flag. Used as a label next to the checkbox.
1581 protected function set_flag_options($enabled, $default, $shortname, $displayname) {
1582 if (empty($this->flags[$shortname])) {
1583 $this->flags[$shortname] = new admin_setting_flag($enabled, $default, $shortname, $displayname);
1584 } else {
1585 $this->flags[$shortname]->set_options($enabled, $default);
1590 * Set the enabled options flag on this admin setting.
1592 * @param bool $enabled - One of self::OPTION_ENABLED or self::OPTION_DISABLED
1593 * @param bool $default - The default for the flag
1595 public function set_enabled_flag_options($enabled, $default) {
1596 $this->set_flag_options($enabled, $default, 'enabled', new lang_string('enabled', 'core_admin'));
1600 * Set the advanced options flag on this admin setting.
1602 * @param bool $enabled - One of self::OPTION_ENABLED or self::OPTION_DISABLED
1603 * @param bool $default - The default for the flag
1605 public function set_advanced_flag_options($enabled, $default) {
1606 $this->set_flag_options($enabled, $default, 'adv', new lang_string('advanced'));
1611 * Set the locked options flag on this admin setting.
1613 * @param bool $enabled - One of self::OPTION_ENABLED or self::OPTION_DISABLED
1614 * @param bool $default - The default for the flag
1616 public function set_locked_flag_options($enabled, $default) {
1617 $this->set_flag_options($enabled, $default, 'locked', new lang_string('locked', 'core_admin'));
1621 * Get the currently saved value for a setting flag
1623 * @param admin_setting_flag $flag - One of the admin_setting_flag for this admin_setting.
1624 * @return bool
1626 public function get_setting_flag_value(admin_setting_flag $flag) {
1627 $value = $this->config_read($this->name . '_' . $flag->get_shortname());
1628 if (!isset($value)) {
1629 $value = $flag->get_default();
1632 return !empty($value);
1636 * Get the list of defaults for the flags on this setting.
1638 * @param array of strings describing the defaults for this setting. This is appended to by this function.
1640 public function get_setting_flag_defaults(& $defaults) {
1641 foreach ($this->flags as $flag) {
1642 if ($flag->is_enabled() && $flag->get_default()) {
1643 $defaults[] = $flag->get_displayname();
1649 * Output the input fields for the advanced and locked flags on this setting.
1651 * @param bool $adv - The current value of the advanced flag.
1652 * @param bool $locked - The current value of the locked flag.
1653 * @return string $output - The html for the flags.
1655 public function output_setting_flags() {
1656 $output = '';
1658 foreach ($this->flags as $flag) {
1659 if ($flag->is_enabled()) {
1660 $output .= $flag->output_setting_flag($this);
1664 if (!empty($output)) {
1665 return html_writer::tag('span', $output, array('class' => 'adminsettingsflags'));
1667 return $output;
1671 * Write the values of the flags for this admin setting.
1673 * @param array $data - The data submitted from the form or null to set the default value for new installs.
1674 * @return bool - true if successful.
1676 public function write_setting_flags($data) {
1677 $result = true;
1678 foreach ($this->flags as $flag) {
1679 $result = $result && $flag->write_setting_flag($this, $data);
1681 return $result;
1685 * Set up $this->name and potentially $this->plugin
1687 * Set up $this->name and possibly $this->plugin based on whether $name looks
1688 * like 'settingname' or 'plugin/settingname'. Also, do some sanity checking
1689 * on the names, that is, output a developer debug warning if the name
1690 * contains anything other than [a-zA-Z0-9_]+.
1692 * @param string $name the setting name passed in to the constructor.
1694 private function parse_setting_name($name) {
1695 $bits = explode('/', $name);
1696 if (count($bits) > 2) {
1697 throw new moodle_exception('invalidadminsettingname', '', '', $name);
1699 $this->name = array_pop($bits);
1700 if (!preg_match('/^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$/', $this->name)) {
1701 throw new moodle_exception('invalidadminsettingname', '', '', $name);
1703 if (!empty($bits)) {
1704 $this->plugin = array_pop($bits);
1705 if ($this->plugin === 'moodle') {
1706 $this->plugin = null;
1707 } else if (!preg_match('/^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$/', $this->plugin)) {
1708 throw new moodle_exception('invalidadminsettingname', '', '', $name);
1714 * Returns the fullname prefixed by the plugin
1715 * @return string
1717 public function get_full_name() {
1718 return 's_'.$this->plugin.'_'.$this->name;
1722 * Returns the ID string based on plugin and name
1723 * @return string
1725 public function get_id() {
1726 return 'id_s_'.$this->plugin.'_'.$this->name;
1730 * @param bool $affectsmodinfo If true, changes to this setting will
1731 * cause the course cache to be rebuilt
1733 public function set_affects_modinfo($affectsmodinfo) {
1734 $this->affectsmodinfo = $affectsmodinfo;
1738 * Returns the config if possible
1740 * @return mixed returns config if successful else null
1742 public function config_read($name) {
1743 global $CFG;
1744 if (!empty($this->plugin)) {
1745 $value = get_config($this->plugin, $name);
1746 return $value === false ? NULL : $value;
1748 } else {
1749 if (isset($CFG->$name)) {
1750 return $CFG->$name;
1751 } else {
1752 return NULL;
1758 * Used to set a config pair and log change
1760 * @param string $name
1761 * @param mixed $value Gets converted to string if not null
1762 * @return bool Write setting to config table
1764 public function config_write($name, $value) {
1765 global $DB, $USER, $CFG;
1767 if ($this->nosave) {
1768 return true;
1771 // make sure it is a real change
1772 $oldvalue = get_config($this->plugin, $name);
1773 $oldvalue = ($oldvalue === false) ? null : $oldvalue; // normalise
1774 $value = is_null($value) ? null : (string)$value;
1776 if ($oldvalue === $value) {
1777 return true;
1780 // store change
1781 set_config($name, $value, $this->plugin);
1783 // Some admin settings affect course modinfo
1784 if ($this->affectsmodinfo) {
1785 // Clear course cache for all courses
1786 rebuild_course_cache(0, true);
1789 $this->add_to_config_log($name, $oldvalue, $value);
1791 return true; // BC only
1795 * Log config changes if necessary.
1796 * @param string $name
1797 * @param string $oldvalue
1798 * @param string $value
1800 protected function add_to_config_log($name, $oldvalue, $value) {
1801 add_to_config_log($name, $oldvalue, $value, $this->plugin);
1805 * Returns current value of this setting
1806 * @return mixed array or string depending on instance, NULL means not set yet
1808 public abstract function get_setting();
1811 * Returns default setting if exists
1812 * @return mixed array or string depending on instance; NULL means no default, user must supply
1814 public function get_defaultsetting() {
1815 $adminroot = admin_get_root(false, false);
1816 if (!empty($adminroot->custom_defaults)) {
1817 $plugin = is_null($this->plugin) ? 'moodle' : $this->plugin;
1818 if (isset($adminroot->custom_defaults[$plugin])) {
1819 if (array_key_exists($this->name, $adminroot->custom_defaults[$plugin])) { // null is valid value here ;-)
1820 return $adminroot->custom_defaults[$plugin][$this->name];
1824 return $this->defaultsetting;
1828 * Store new setting
1830 * @param mixed $data string or array, must not be NULL
1831 * @return string empty string if ok, string error message otherwise
1833 public abstract function write_setting($data);
1836 * Return part of form with setting
1837 * This function should always be overwritten
1839 * @param mixed $data array or string depending on setting
1840 * @param string $query
1841 * @return string
1843 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
1844 // should be overridden
1845 return;
1849 * Function called if setting updated - cleanup, cache reset, etc.
1850 * @param string $functionname Sets the function name
1851 * @return void
1853 public function set_updatedcallback($functionname) {
1854 $this->updatedcallback = $functionname;
1858 * Execute postupdatecallback if necessary.
1859 * @param mixed $original original value before write_setting()
1860 * @return bool true if changed, false if not.
1862 public function post_write_settings($original) {
1863 // Comparison must work for arrays too.
1864 if (serialize($original) === serialize($this->get_setting())) {
1865 return false;
1868 $callbackfunction = $this->updatedcallback;
1869 if (!empty($callbackfunction) and is_callable($callbackfunction)) {
1870 $callbackfunction($this->get_full_name());
1872 return true;
1876 * Is setting related to query text - used when searching
1877 * @param string $query
1878 * @return bool
1880 public function is_related($query) {
1881 if (strpos(strtolower($this->name), $query) !== false) {
1882 return true;
1884 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($this->visiblename), $query) !== false) {
1885 return true;
1887 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($this->description), $query) !== false) {
1888 return true;
1890 $current = $this->get_setting();
1891 if (!is_null($current)) {
1892 if (is_string($current)) {
1893 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($current), $query) !== false) {
1894 return true;
1898 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
1899 if (!is_null($default)) {
1900 if (is_string($default)) {
1901 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($default), $query) !== false) {
1902 return true;
1906 return false;
1910 * Get whether this should be displayed in LTR mode.
1912 * @return bool|null
1914 public function get_force_ltr() {
1915 return $this->forceltr;
1919 * Set whether to force LTR or not.
1921 * @param bool $value True when forced, false when not force, null when unknown.
1923 public function set_force_ltr($value) {
1924 $this->forceltr = $value;
1929 * An additional option that can be applied to an admin setting.
1930 * The currently supported options are 'ADVANCED' and 'LOCKED'.
1932 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
1934 class admin_setting_flag {
1935 /** @var bool Flag to indicate if this option can be toggled for this setting */
1936 private $enabled = false;
1937 /** @var bool Flag to indicate if this option defaults to true or false */
1938 private $default = false;
1939 /** @var string Short string used to create setting name - e.g. 'adv' */
1940 private $shortname = '';
1941 /** @var string String used as the label for this flag */
1942 private $displayname = '';
1943 /** @const Checkbox for this flag is displayed in admin page */
1944 const ENABLED = true;
1945 /** @const Checkbox for this flag is not displayed in admin page */
1946 const DISABLED = false;
1949 * Constructor
1951 * @param bool $enabled Can this option can be toggled.
1952 * Should be one of admin_setting_flag::ENABLED or admin_setting_flag::DISABLED.
1953 * @param bool $default The default checked state for this setting option.
1954 * @param string $shortname The shortname of this flag. Currently supported flags are 'locked' and 'adv'
1955 * @param string $displayname The displayname of this flag. Used as a label for the flag.
1957 public function __construct($enabled, $default, $shortname, $displayname) {
1958 $this->shortname = $shortname;
1959 $this->displayname = $displayname;
1960 $this->set_options($enabled, $default);
1964 * Update the values of this setting options class
1966 * @param bool $enabled Can this option can be toggled.
1967 * Should be one of admin_setting_flag::ENABLED or admin_setting_flag::DISABLED.
1968 * @param bool $default The default checked state for this setting option.
1970 public function set_options($enabled, $default) {
1971 $this->enabled = $enabled;
1972 $this->default = $default;
1976 * Should this option appear in the interface and be toggleable?
1978 * @return bool Is it enabled?
1980 public function is_enabled() {
1981 return $this->enabled;
1985 * Should this option be checked by default?
1987 * @return bool Is it on by default?
1989 public function get_default() {
1990 return $this->default;
1994 * Return the short name for this flag. e.g. 'adv' or 'locked'
1996 * @return string
1998 public function get_shortname() {
1999 return $this->shortname;
2003 * Return the display name for this flag. e.g. 'Advanced' or 'Locked'
2005 * @return string
2007 public function get_displayname() {
2008 return $this->displayname;
2012 * Save the submitted data for this flag - or set it to the default if $data is null.
2014 * @param admin_setting $setting - The admin setting for this flag
2015 * @param array $data - The data submitted from the form or null to set the default value for new installs.
2016 * @return bool
2018 public function write_setting_flag(admin_setting $setting, $data) {
2019 $result = true;
2020 if ($this->is_enabled()) {
2021 if (!isset($data)) {
2022 $value = $this->get_default();
2023 } else {
2024 $value = !empty($data[$setting->get_full_name() . '_' . $this->get_shortname()]);
2026 $result = $setting->config_write($setting->name . '_' . $this->get_shortname(), $value);
2029 return $result;
2034 * Output the checkbox for this setting flag. Should only be called if the flag is enabled.
2036 * @param admin_setting $setting - The admin setting for this flag
2037 * @return string - The html for the checkbox.
2039 public function output_setting_flag(admin_setting $setting) {
2040 global $OUTPUT;
2042 $value = $setting->get_setting_flag_value($this);
2044 $context = new stdClass();
2045 $context->id = $setting->get_id() . '_' . $this->get_shortname();
2046 $context->name = $setting->get_full_name() . '_' . $this->get_shortname();
2047 $context->value = 1;
2048 $context->checked = $value ? true : false;
2049 $context->label = $this->get_displayname();
2051 return $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_flag', $context);
2057 * No setting - just heading and text.
2059 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2061 class admin_setting_heading extends admin_setting {
2064 * not a setting, just text
2065 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2066 * @param string $heading heading
2067 * @param string $information text in box
2069 public function __construct($name, $heading, $information) {
2070 $this->nosave = true;
2071 parent::__construct($name, $heading, $information, '');
2075 * Always returns true
2076 * @return bool Always returns true
2078 public function get_setting() {
2079 return true;
2083 * Always returns true
2084 * @return bool Always returns true
2086 public function get_defaultsetting() {
2087 return true;
2091 * Never write settings
2092 * @return string Always returns an empty string
2094 public function write_setting($data) {
2095 // do not write any setting
2096 return '';
2100 * Returns an HTML string
2101 * @return string Returns an HTML string
2103 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2104 global $OUTPUT;
2105 $context = new stdClass();
2106 $context->title = $this->visiblename;
2107 $context->description = $this->description;
2108 $context->descriptionformatted = highlight($query, markdown_to_html($this->description));
2109 return $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_heading', $context);
2115 * The most flexible setting, the user enters text.
2117 * This type of field should be used for config settings which are using
2118 * English words and are not localised (passwords, database name, list of values, ...).
2120 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2122 class admin_setting_configtext extends admin_setting {
2124 /** @var mixed int means PARAM_XXX type, string is a allowed format in regex */
2125 public $paramtype;
2126 /** @var int default field size */
2127 public $size;
2130 * Config text constructor
2132 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2133 * @param string $visiblename localised
2134 * @param string $description long localised info
2135 * @param string $defaultsetting
2136 * @param mixed $paramtype int means PARAM_XXX type, string is a allowed format in regex
2137 * @param int $size default field size
2139 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype=PARAM_RAW, $size=null) {
2140 $this->paramtype = $paramtype;
2141 if (!is_null($size)) {
2142 $this->size = $size;
2143 } else {
2144 $this->size = ($paramtype === PARAM_INT) ? 5 : 30;
2146 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
2150 * Get whether this should be displayed in LTR mode.
2152 * Try to guess from the PARAM type unless specifically set.
2154 public function get_force_ltr() {
2155 $forceltr = parent::get_force_ltr();
2156 if ($forceltr === null) {
2157 return !is_rtl_compatible($this->paramtype);
2159 return $forceltr;
2163 * Return the setting
2165 * @return mixed returns config if successful else null
2167 public function get_setting() {
2168 return $this->config_read($this->name);
2171 public function write_setting($data) {
2172 if ($this->paramtype === PARAM_INT and $data === '') {
2173 // do not complain if '' used instead of 0
2174 $data = 0;
2176 // $data is a string
2177 $validated = $this->validate($data);
2178 if ($validated !== true) {
2179 return $validated;
2181 return ($this->config_write($this->name, $data) ? '' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
2185 * Validate data before storage
2186 * @param string data
2187 * @return mixed true if ok string if error found
2189 public function validate($data) {
2190 // allow paramtype to be a custom regex if it is the form of /pattern/
2191 if (preg_match('#^/.*/$#', $this->paramtype)) {
2192 if (preg_match($this->paramtype, $data)) {
2193 return true;
2194 } else {
2195 return get_string('validateerror', 'admin');
2198 } else if ($this->paramtype === PARAM_RAW) {
2199 return true;
2201 } else {
2202 $cleaned = clean_param($data, $this->paramtype);
2203 if ("$data" === "$cleaned") { // implicit conversion to string is needed to do exact comparison
2204 return true;
2205 } else {
2206 return get_string('validateerror', 'admin');
2212 * Return an XHTML string for the setting
2213 * @return string Returns an XHTML string
2215 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2216 global $OUTPUT;
2218 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2219 $context = (object) [
2220 'size' => $this->size,
2221 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2222 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2223 'value' => $data,
2224 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr(),
2226 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configtext', $context);
2228 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, true, '', $default, $query);
2233 * Text input with a maximum length constraint.
2235 * @copyright 2015 onwards Ankit Agarwal
2236 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2238 class admin_setting_configtext_with_maxlength extends admin_setting_configtext {
2240 /** @var int maximum number of chars allowed. */
2241 protected $maxlength;
2244 * Config text constructor
2246 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config,
2247 * or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2248 * @param string $visiblename localised
2249 * @param string $description long localised info
2250 * @param string $defaultsetting
2251 * @param mixed $paramtype int means PARAM_XXX type, string is a allowed format in regex
2252 * @param int $size default field size
2253 * @param mixed $maxlength int maxlength allowed, 0 for infinite.
2255 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype=PARAM_RAW,
2256 $size=null, $maxlength = 0) {
2257 $this->maxlength = $maxlength;
2258 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype, $size);
2262 * Validate data before storage
2264 * @param string $data data
2265 * @return mixed true if ok string if error found
2267 public function validate($data) {
2268 $parentvalidation = parent::validate($data);
2269 if ($parentvalidation === true) {
2270 if ($this->maxlength > 0) {
2271 // Max length check.
2272 $length = core_text::strlen($data);
2273 if ($length > $this->maxlength) {
2274 return get_string('maximumchars', 'moodle', $this->maxlength);
2276 return true;
2277 } else {
2278 return true; // No max length check needed.
2280 } else {
2281 return $parentvalidation;
2287 * General text area without html editor.
2289 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2291 class admin_setting_configtextarea extends admin_setting_configtext {
2292 private $rows;
2293 private $cols;
2296 * @param string $name
2297 * @param string $visiblename
2298 * @param string $description
2299 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array
2300 * @param mixed $paramtype
2301 * @param string $cols The number of columns to make the editor
2302 * @param string $rows The number of rows to make the editor
2304 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype=PARAM_RAW, $cols='60', $rows='8') {
2305 $this->rows = $rows;
2306 $this->cols = $cols;
2307 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype);
2311 * Returns an XHTML string for the editor
2313 * @param string $data
2314 * @param string $query
2315 * @return string XHTML string for the editor
2317 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2318 global $OUTPUT;
2320 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2321 $defaultinfo = $default;
2322 if (!is_null($default) and $default !== '') {
2323 $defaultinfo = "\n".$default;
2326 $context = (object) [
2327 'cols' => $this->cols,
2328 'rows' => $this->rows,
2329 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2330 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2331 'value' => $data,
2332 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr(),
2334 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configtextarea', $context);
2336 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, true, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
2341 * General text area with html editor.
2343 class admin_setting_confightmleditor extends admin_setting_configtextarea {
2346 * @param string $name
2347 * @param string $visiblename
2348 * @param string $description
2349 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array
2350 * @param mixed $paramtype
2352 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype=PARAM_RAW, $cols='60', $rows='8') {
2353 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype, $cols, $rows);
2354 $this->set_force_ltr(false);
2355 editors_head_setup();
2359 * Returns an XHTML string for the editor
2361 * @param string $data
2362 * @param string $query
2363 * @return string XHTML string for the editor
2365 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2366 $editor = editors_get_preferred_editor(FORMAT_HTML);
2367 $editor->set_text($data);
2368 $editor->use_editor($this->get_id(), array('noclean'=>true));
2369 return parent::output_html($data, $query);
2375 * Password field, allows unmasking of password
2377 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2379 class admin_setting_configpasswordunmask extends admin_setting_configtext {
2382 * Constructor
2383 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2384 * @param string $visiblename localised
2385 * @param string $description long localised info
2386 * @param string $defaultsetting default password
2388 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting) {
2389 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, PARAM_RAW, 30);
2393 * Log config changes if necessary.
2394 * @param string $name
2395 * @param string $oldvalue
2396 * @param string $value
2398 protected function add_to_config_log($name, $oldvalue, $value) {
2399 if ($value !== '') {
2400 $value = '********';
2402 if ($oldvalue !== '' and $oldvalue !== null) {
2403 $oldvalue = '********';
2405 parent::add_to_config_log($name, $oldvalue, $value);
2409 * Returns HTML for the field.
2411 * @param string $data Value for the field
2412 * @param string $query Passed as final argument for format_admin_setting
2413 * @return string Rendered HTML
2415 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2416 global $OUTPUT;
2417 $context = (object) [
2418 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2419 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2420 'size' => $this->size,
2421 'value' => $data,
2422 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr(),
2424 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configpasswordunmask', $context);
2425 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, true, '', null, $query);
2431 * Empty setting used to allow flags (advanced) on settings that can have no sensible default.
2432 * Note: Only advanced makes sense right now - locked does not.
2434 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2436 class admin_setting_configempty extends admin_setting_configtext {
2439 * @param string $name
2440 * @param string $visiblename
2441 * @param string $description
2443 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description) {
2444 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, '', PARAM_RAW);
2448 * Returns an XHTML string for the hidden field
2450 * @param string $data
2451 * @param string $query
2452 * @return string XHTML string for the editor
2454 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2455 global $OUTPUT;
2457 $context = (object) [
2458 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2459 'name' => $this->get_full_name()
2461 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configempty', $context);
2463 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, true, '', get_string('none'), $query);
2469 * Path to directory
2471 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2473 class admin_setting_configfile extends admin_setting_configtext {
2475 * Constructor
2476 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2477 * @param string $visiblename localised
2478 * @param string $description long localised info
2479 * @param string $defaultdirectory default directory location
2481 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultdirectory) {
2482 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultdirectory, PARAM_RAW, 50);
2486 * Returns XHTML for the field
2488 * Returns XHTML for the field and also checks whether the file
2489 * specified in $data exists using file_exists()
2491 * @param string $data File name and path to use in value attr
2492 * @param string $query
2493 * @return string XHTML field
2495 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2496 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
2498 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2499 $context = (object) [
2500 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2501 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2502 'size' => $this->size,
2503 'value' => $data,
2504 'showvalidity' => !empty($data),
2505 'valid' => $data && file_exists($data),
2506 'readonly' => !empty($CFG->preventexecpath),
2507 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr(),
2510 if ($context->readonly) {
2511 $this->visiblename .= '<div class="form-overridden">'.get_string('execpathnotallowed', 'admin').'</div>';
2514 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configfile', $context);
2516 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, true, '', $default, $query);
2520 * Checks if execpatch has been disabled in config.php
2522 public function write_setting($data) {
2523 global $CFG;
2524 if (!empty($CFG->preventexecpath)) {
2525 if ($this->get_setting() === null) {
2526 // Use default during installation.
2527 $data = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2528 if ($data === null) {
2529 $data = '';
2531 } else {
2532 return '';
2535 return parent::write_setting($data);
2542 * Path to executable file
2544 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2546 class admin_setting_configexecutable extends admin_setting_configfile {
2549 * Returns an XHTML field
2551 * @param string $data This is the value for the field
2552 * @param string $query
2553 * @return string XHTML field
2555 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2556 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
2557 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2558 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
2560 $context = (object) [
2561 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2562 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2563 'size' => $this->size,
2564 'value' => $data,
2565 'showvalidity' => !empty($data),
2566 'valid' => $data && file_exists($data) && !is_dir($data) && file_is_executable($data),
2567 'readonly' => !empty($CFG->preventexecpath),
2568 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr()
2571 if (!empty($CFG->preventexecpath)) {
2572 $this->visiblename .= '<div class="form-overridden">'.get_string('execpathnotallowed', 'admin').'</div>';
2575 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configexecutable', $context);
2577 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, true, '', $default, $query);
2583 * Path to directory
2585 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2587 class admin_setting_configdirectory extends admin_setting_configfile {
2590 * Returns an XHTML field
2592 * @param string $data This is the value for the field
2593 * @param string $query
2594 * @return string XHTML
2596 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2597 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
2598 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2600 $context = (object) [
2601 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2602 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2603 'size' => $this->size,
2604 'value' => $data,
2605 'showvalidity' => !empty($data),
2606 'valid' => $data && file_exists($data) && is_dir($data),
2607 'readonly' => !empty($CFG->preventexecpath),
2608 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr()
2611 if (!empty($CFG->preventexecpath)) {
2612 $this->visiblename .= '<div class="form-overridden">'.get_string('execpathnotallowed', 'admin').'</div>';
2615 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configdirectory', $context);
2617 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, true, '', $default, $query);
2623 * Checkbox
2625 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2627 class admin_setting_configcheckbox extends admin_setting {
2628 /** @var string Value used when checked */
2629 public $yes;
2630 /** @var string Value used when not checked */
2631 public $no;
2634 * Constructor
2635 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2636 * @param string $visiblename localised
2637 * @param string $description long localised info
2638 * @param string $defaultsetting
2639 * @param string $yes value used when checked
2640 * @param string $no value used when not checked
2642 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $yes='1', $no='0') {
2643 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
2644 $this->yes = (string)$yes;
2645 $this->no = (string)$no;
2649 * Retrieves the current setting using the objects name
2651 * @return string
2653 public function get_setting() {
2654 return $this->config_read($this->name);
2658 * Sets the value for the setting
2660 * Sets the value for the setting to either the yes or no values
2661 * of the object by comparing $data to yes
2663 * @param mixed $data Gets converted to str for comparison against yes value
2664 * @return string empty string or error
2666 public function write_setting($data) {
2667 if ((string)$data === $this->yes) { // convert to strings before comparison
2668 $data = $this->yes;
2669 } else {
2670 $data = $this->no;
2672 return ($this->config_write($this->name, $data) ? '' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
2676 * Returns an XHTML checkbox field
2678 * @param string $data If $data matches yes then checkbox is checked
2679 * @param string $query
2680 * @return string XHTML field
2682 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2683 global $OUTPUT;
2685 $context = (object) [
2686 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2687 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2688 'no' => $this->no,
2689 'value' => $this->yes,
2690 'checked' => (string) $data === $this->yes,
2693 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2694 if (!is_null($default)) {
2695 if ((string)$default === $this->yes) {
2696 $defaultinfo = get_string('checkboxyes', 'admin');
2697 } else {
2698 $defaultinfo = get_string('checkboxno', 'admin');
2700 } else {
2701 $defaultinfo = NULL;
2704 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configcheckbox', $context);
2706 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, true, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
2712 * Multiple checkboxes, each represents different value, stored in csv format
2714 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2716 class admin_setting_configmulticheckbox extends admin_setting {
2717 /** @var array Array of choices value=>label */
2718 public $choices;
2721 * Constructor: uses parent::__construct
2723 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2724 * @param string $visiblename localised
2725 * @param string $description long localised info
2726 * @param array $defaultsetting array of selected
2727 * @param array $choices array of $value=>$label for each checkbox
2729 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
2730 $this->choices = $choices;
2731 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
2735 * This public function may be used in ancestors for lazy loading of choices
2737 * @todo Check if this function is still required content commented out only returns true
2738 * @return bool true if loaded, false if error
2740 public function load_choices() {
2742 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
2743 return true;
2745 .... load choices here
2747 return true;
2751 * Is setting related to query text - used when searching
2753 * @param string $query
2754 * @return bool true on related, false on not or failure
2756 public function is_related($query) {
2757 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices)) {
2758 return false;
2760 if (parent::is_related($query)) {
2761 return true;
2764 foreach ($this->choices as $desc) {
2765 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($desc), $query) !== false) {
2766 return true;
2769 return false;
2773 * Returns the current setting if it is set
2775 * @return mixed null if null, else an array
2777 public function get_setting() {
2778 $result = $this->config_read($this->name);
2780 if (is_null($result)) {
2781 return NULL;
2783 if ($result === '') {
2784 return array();
2786 $enabled = explode(',', $result);
2787 $setting = array();
2788 foreach ($enabled as $option) {
2789 $setting[$option] = 1;
2791 return $setting;
2795 * Saves the setting(s) provided in $data
2797 * @param array $data An array of data, if not array returns empty str
2798 * @return mixed empty string on useless data or bool true=success, false=failed
2800 public function write_setting($data) {
2801 if (!is_array($data)) {
2802 return ''; // ignore it
2804 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices)) {
2805 return '';
2807 unset($data['xxxxx']);
2808 $result = array();
2809 foreach ($data as $key => $value) {
2810 if ($value and array_key_exists($key, $this->choices)) {
2811 $result[] = $key;
2814 return $this->config_write($this->name, implode(',', $result)) ? '' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
2818 * Returns XHTML field(s) as required by choices
2820 * Relies on data being an array should data ever be another valid vartype with
2821 * acceptable value this may cause a warning/error
2822 * if (!is_array($data)) would fix the problem
2824 * @todo Add vartype handling to ensure $data is an array
2826 * @param array $data An array of checked values
2827 * @param string $query
2828 * @return string XHTML field
2830 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2831 global $OUTPUT;
2833 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices)) {
2834 return '';
2837 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2838 if (is_null($default)) {
2839 $default = array();
2841 if (is_null($data)) {
2842 $data = array();
2845 $context = (object) [
2846 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2847 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2850 $options = array();
2851 $defaults = array();
2852 foreach ($this->choices as $key => $description) {
2853 if (!empty($default[$key])) {
2854 $defaults[] = $description;
2857 $options[] = [
2858 'key' => $key,
2859 'checked' => !empty($data[$key]),
2860 'label' => highlightfast($query, $description)
2864 if (is_null($default)) {
2865 $defaultinfo = null;
2866 } else if (!empty($defaults)) {
2867 $defaultinfo = implode(', ', $defaults);
2868 } else {
2869 $defaultinfo = get_string('none');
2872 $context->options = $options;
2873 $context->hasoptions = !empty($options);
2875 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configmulticheckbox', $context);
2877 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, false, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
2884 * Multiple checkboxes 2, value stored as string 00101011
2886 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2888 class admin_setting_configmulticheckbox2 extends admin_setting_configmulticheckbox {
2891 * Returns the setting if set
2893 * @return mixed null if not set, else an array of set settings
2895 public function get_setting() {
2896 $result = $this->config_read($this->name);
2897 if (is_null($result)) {
2898 return NULL;
2900 if (!$this->load_choices()) {
2901 return NULL;
2903 $result = str_pad($result, count($this->choices), '0');
2904 $result = preg_split('//', $result, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY);
2905 $setting = array();
2906 foreach ($this->choices as $key=>$unused) {
2907 $value = array_shift($result);
2908 if ($value) {
2909 $setting[$key] = 1;
2912 return $setting;
2916 * Save setting(s) provided in $data param
2918 * @param array $data An array of settings to save
2919 * @return mixed empty string for bad data or bool true=>success, false=>error
2921 public function write_setting($data) {
2922 if (!is_array($data)) {
2923 return ''; // ignore it
2925 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices)) {
2926 return '';
2928 $result = '';
2929 foreach ($this->choices as $key=>$unused) {
2930 if (!empty($data[$key])) {
2931 $result .= '1';
2932 } else {
2933 $result .= '0';
2936 return $this->config_write($this->name, $result) ? '' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
2942 * Select one value from list
2944 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2946 class admin_setting_configselect extends admin_setting {
2947 /** @var array Array of choices value=>label */
2948 public $choices;
2949 /** @var array Array of choices grouped using optgroups */
2950 public $optgroups;
2953 * Constructor
2954 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2955 * @param string $visiblename localised
2956 * @param string $description long localised info
2957 * @param string|int $defaultsetting
2958 * @param array $choices array of $value=>$label for each selection
2960 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
2961 // Look for optgroup and single options.
2962 if (is_array($choices)) {
2963 foreach ($choices as $key => $val) {
2964 if (is_array($val)) {
2965 $this->optgroups[$key] = $val;
2966 $this->choices = array_merge($this->choices, $val);
2967 } else {
2968 $this->choices[$key] = $val;
2973 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
2977 * This function may be used in ancestors for lazy loading of choices
2979 * Override this method if loading of choices is expensive, such
2980 * as when it requires multiple db requests.
2982 * @return bool true if loaded, false if error
2984 public function load_choices() {
2986 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
2987 return true;
2989 .... load choices here
2991 return true;
2995 * Check if this is $query is related to a choice
2997 * @param string $query
2998 * @return bool true if related, false if not
3000 public function is_related($query) {
3001 if (parent::is_related($query)) {
3002 return true;
3004 if (!$this->load_choices()) {
3005 return false;
3007 foreach ($this->choices as $key=>$value) {
3008 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($key), $query) !== false) {
3009 return true;
3011 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($value), $query) !== false) {
3012 return true;
3015 return false;
3019 * Return the setting
3021 * @return mixed returns config if successful else null
3023 public function get_setting() {
3024 return $this->config_read($this->name);
3028 * Save a setting
3030 * @param string $data
3031 * @return string empty of error string
3033 public function write_setting($data) {
3034 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices)) {
3035 return '';
3037 if (!array_key_exists($data, $this->choices)) {
3038 return ''; // ignore it
3041 return ($this->config_write($this->name, $data) ? '' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
3045 * Returns XHTML select field
3047 * Ensure the options are loaded, and generate the XHTML for the select
3048 * element and any warning message. Separating this out from output_html
3049 * makes it easier to subclass this class.
3051 * @param string $data the option to show as selected.
3052 * @param string $current the currently selected option in the database, null if none.
3053 * @param string $default the default selected option.
3054 * @return array the HTML for the select element, and a warning message.
3055 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.2
3057 public function output_select_html($data, $current, $default, $extraname = '') {
3058 debugging('The method admin_setting_configselect::output_select_html is depreacted, do not use any more.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
3062 * Returns XHTML select field and wrapping div(s)
3064 * @see output_select_html()
3066 * @param string $data the option to show as selected
3067 * @param string $query
3068 * @return string XHTML field and wrapping div
3070 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
3071 global $OUTPUT;
3073 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
3074 $current = $this->get_setting();
3076 if (!$this->load_choices() || empty($this->choices)) {
3077 return '';
3080 $context = (object) [
3081 'id' => $this->get_id(),
3082 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
3085 if (!is_null($default) && array_key_exists($default, $this->choices)) {
3086 $defaultinfo = $this->choices[$default];
3087 } else {
3088 $defaultinfo = NULL;
3091 // Warnings.
3092 $warning = '';
3093 if ($current === null) {
3094 // First run.
3095 } else if (empty($current) && (array_key_exists('', $this->choices) || array_key_exists(0, $this->choices))) {
3096 // No warning.
3097 } else if (!array_key_exists($current, $this->choices)) {
3098 $warning = get_string('warningcurrentsetting', 'admin', $current);
3099 if (!is_null($default) && $data == $current) {
3100 $data = $default; // Use default instead of first value when showing the form.
3104 $options = [];
3105 $template = 'core_admin/setting_configselect';
3107 if (!empty($this->optgroups)) {
3108 $optgroups = [];
3109 foreach ($this->optgroups as $label => $choices) {
3110 $optgroup = array('label' => $label, 'options' => []);
3111 foreach ($choices as $value => $name) {
3112 $optgroup['options'][] = [
3113 'value' => $value,
3114 'name' => $name,
3115 'selected' => (string) $value == $data
3117 unset($this->choices[$value]);
3119 $optgroups[] = $optgroup;
3121 $context->options = $options;
3122 $context->optgroups = $optgroups;
3123 $template = 'core_admin/setting_configselect_optgroup';
3126 foreach ($this->choices as $value => $name) {
3127 $options[] = [
3128 'value' => $value,
3129 'name' => $name,
3130 'selected' => (string) $value == $data
3133 $context->options = $options;
3135 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template($template, $context);
3137 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, true, $warning, $defaultinfo, $query);
3143 * Select multiple items from list
3145 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3147 class admin_setting_configmultiselect extends admin_setting_configselect {
3149 * Constructor
3150 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
3151 * @param string $visiblename localised
3152 * @param string $description long localised info
3153 * @param array $defaultsetting array of selected items
3154 * @param array $choices array of $value=>$label for each list item
3156 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
3157 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices);
3161 * Returns the select setting(s)
3163 * @return mixed null or array. Null if no settings else array of setting(s)
3165 public function get_setting() {
3166 $result = $this->config_read($this->name);
3167 if (is_null($result)) {
3168 return NULL;
3170 if ($result === '') {
3171 return array();
3173 return explode(',', $result);
3177 * Saves setting(s) provided through $data
3179 * Potential bug in the works should anyone call with this function
3180 * using a vartype that is not an array
3182 * @param array $data
3184 public function write_setting($data) {
3185 if (!is_array($data)) {
3186 return ''; //ignore it
3188 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices)) {
3189 return '';
3192 unset($data['xxxxx']);
3194 $save = array();
3195 foreach ($data as $value) {
3196 if (!array_key_exists($value, $this->choices)) {
3197 continue; // ignore it
3199 $save[] = $value;
3202 return ($this->config_write($this->name, implode(',', $save)) ? '' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
3206 * Is setting related to query text - used when searching
3208 * @param string $query
3209 * @return bool true if related, false if not
3211 public function is_related($query) {
3212 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices)) {
3213 return false;
3215 if (parent::is_related($query)) {
3216 return true;
3219 foreach ($this->choices as $desc) {
3220 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($desc), $query) !== false) {
3221 return true;
3224 return false;
3228 * Returns XHTML multi-select field
3230 * @todo Add vartype handling to ensure $data is an array
3231 * @param array $data Array of values to select by default
3232 * @param string $query
3233 * @return string XHTML multi-select field
3235 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
3236 global $OUTPUT;
3238 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices)) {
3239 return '';
3242 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
3243 if (is_null($default)) {
3244 $default = array();
3246 if (is_null($data)) {
3247 $data = array();
3250 $context = (object) [
3251 'id' => $this->get_id(),
3252 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
3253 'size' => min(10, count($this->choices))
3256 $defaults = [];
3257 $options = [];
3258 $template = 'core_admin/setting_configmultiselect';
3260 if (!empty($this->optgroups)) {
3261 $optgroups = [];
3262 foreach ($this->optgroups as $label => $choices) {
3263 $optgroup = array('label' => $label, 'options' => []);
3264 foreach ($choices as $value => $name) {
3265 if (in_array($value, $default)) {
3266 $defaults[] = $name;
3268 $optgroup['options'][] = [
3269 'value' => $value,
3270 'name' => $name,
3271 'selected' => in_array($value, $data)
3273 unset($this->choices[$value]);
3275 $optgroups[] = $optgroup;
3277 $context->optgroups = $optgroups;
3278 $template = 'core_admin/setting_configmultiselect_optgroup';
3281 foreach ($this->choices as $value => $name) {
3282 if (in_array($value, $default)) {
3283 $defaults[] = $name;
3285 $options[] = [
3286 'value' => $value,
3287 'name' => $name,
3288 'selected' => in_array($value, $data)
3291 $context->options = $options;
3293 if (is_null($default)) {
3294 $defaultinfo = NULL;
3295 } if (!empty($defaults)) {
3296 $defaultinfo = implode(', ', $defaults);
3297 } else {
3298 $defaultinfo = get_string('none');
3301 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template($template, $context);
3303 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, true, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
3308 * Time selector
3310 * This is a liiitle bit messy. we're using two selects, but we're returning
3311 * them as an array named after $name (so we only use $name2 internally for the setting)
3313 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3315 class admin_setting_configtime extends admin_setting {
3316 /** @var string Used for setting second select (minutes) */
3317 public $name2;
3320 * Constructor
3321 * @param string $hoursname setting for hours
3322 * @param string $minutesname setting for hours
3323 * @param string $visiblename localised
3324 * @param string $description long localised info
3325 * @param array $defaultsetting array representing default time 'h'=>hours, 'm'=>minutes
3327 public function __construct($hoursname, $minutesname, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting) {
3328 $this->name2 = $minutesname;
3329 parent::__construct($hoursname, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
3333 * Get the selected time
3335 * @return mixed An array containing 'h'=>xx, 'm'=>xx, or null if not set
3337 public function get_setting() {
3338 $result1 = $this->config_read($this->name);
3339 $result2 = $this->config_read($this->name2);
3340 if (is_null($result1) or is_null($result2)) {
3341 return NULL;
3344 return array('h' => $result1, 'm' => $result2);
3348 * Store the time (hours and minutes)
3350 * @param array $data Must be form 'h'=>xx, 'm'=>xx
3351 * @return bool true if success, false if not
3353 public function write_setting($data) {
3354 if (!is_array($data)) {
3355 return '';
3358 $result = $this->config_write($this->name, (int)$data['h']) && $this->config_write($this->name2, (int)$data['m']);
3359 return ($result ? '' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
3363 * Returns XHTML time select fields
3365 * @param array $data Must be form 'h'=>xx, 'm'=>xx
3366 * @param string $query
3367 * @return string XHTML time select fields and wrapping div(s)
3369 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
3370 global $OUTPUT;
3372 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
3373 if (is_array($default)) {
3374 $defaultinfo = $default['h'].':'.$default['m'];
3375 } else {
3376 $defaultinfo = NULL;
3379 $context = (object) [
3380 'id' => $this->get_id(),
3381 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
3382 'hours' => array_map(function($i) use ($data) {
3383 return [
3384 'value' => $i,
3385 'name' => $i,
3386 'selected' => $i == $data['h']
3388 }, range(0, 23)),
3389 'minutes' => array_map(function($i) use ($data) {
3390 return [
3391 'value' => $i,
3392 'name' => $i,
3393 'selected' => $i == $data['m']
3395 }, range(0, 59, 5))
3398 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configtime', $context);
3400 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description,
3401 $this->get_id() . 'h', '', $defaultinfo, $query);
3408 * Seconds duration setting.
3410 * @copyright 2012 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
3411 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3413 class admin_setting_configduration extends admin_setting {
3415 /** @var int default duration unit */
3416 protected $defaultunit;
3419 * Constructor
3420 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config,
3421 * or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
3422 * @param string $visiblename localised name
3423 * @param string $description localised long description
3424 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array depending on implementation
3425 * @param int $defaultunit - day, week, etc. (in seconds)
3427 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $defaultunit = 86400) {
3428 if (is_number($defaultsetting)) {
3429 $defaultsetting = self::parse_seconds($defaultsetting);
3431 $units = self::get_units();
3432 if (isset($units[$defaultunit])) {
3433 $this->defaultunit = $defaultunit;
3434 } else {
3435 $this->defaultunit = 86400;
3437 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
3441 * Returns selectable units.
3442 * @static
3443 * @return array
3445 protected static function get_units() {
3446 return array(
3447 604800 => get_string('weeks'),
3448 86400 => get_string('days'),
3449 3600 => get_string('hours'),
3450 60 => get_string('minutes'),
3451 1 => get_string('seconds'),
3456 * Converts seconds to some more user friendly string.
3457 * @static
3458 * @param int $seconds
3459 * @return string
3461 protected static function get_duration_text($seconds) {
3462 if (empty($seconds)) {
3463 return get_string('none');
3465 $data = self::parse_seconds($seconds);
3466 switch ($data['u']) {
3467 case (60*60*24*7):
3468 return get_string('numweeks', '', $data['v']);
3469 case (60*60*24):
3470 return get_string('numdays', '', $data['v']);
3471 case (60*60):
3472 return get_string('numhours', '', $data['v']);
3473 case (60):
3474 return get_string('numminutes', '', $data['v']);
3475 default:
3476 return get_string('numseconds', '', $data['v']*$data['u']);
3481 * Finds suitable units for given duration.
3482 * @static
3483 * @param int $seconds
3484 * @return array
3486 protected static function parse_seconds($seconds) {
3487 foreach (self::get_units() as $unit => $unused) {
3488 if ($seconds % $unit === 0) {
3489 return array('v'=>(int)($seconds/$unit), 'u'=>$unit);
3492 return array('v'=>(int)$seconds, 'u'=>1);
3496 * Get the selected duration as array.
3498 * @return mixed An array containing 'v'=>xx, 'u'=>xx, or null if not set
3500 public function get_setting() {
3501 $seconds = $this->config_read($this->name);
3502 if (is_null($seconds)) {
3503 return null;
3506 return self::parse_seconds($seconds);
3510 * Store the duration as seconds.
3512 * @param array $data Must be form 'h'=>xx, 'm'=>xx
3513 * @return bool true if success, false if not
3515 public function write_setting($data) {
3516 if (!is_array($data)) {
3517 return '';
3520 $seconds = (int)($data['v']*$data['u']);
3521 if ($seconds < 0) {
3522 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
3525 $result = $this->config_write($this->name, $seconds);
3526 return ($result ? '' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
3530 * Returns duration text+select fields.
3532 * @param array $data Must be form 'v'=>xx, 'u'=>xx
3533 * @param string $query
3534 * @return string duration text+select fields and wrapping div(s)
3536 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
3537 global $OUTPUT;
3539 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
3540 if (is_number($default)) {
3541 $defaultinfo = self::get_duration_text($default);
3542 } else if (is_array($default)) {
3543 $defaultinfo = self::get_duration_text($default['v']*$default['u']);
3544 } else {
3545 $defaultinfo = null;
3548 $inputid = $this->get_id() . 'v';
3549 $units = self::get_units();
3550 $defaultunit = $this->defaultunit;
3552 $context = (object) [
3553 'id' => $this->get_id(),
3554 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
3555 'value' => $data['v'],
3556 'options' => array_map(function($unit) use ($units, $data, $defaultunit) {
3557 return [
3558 'value' => $unit,
3559 'name' => $units[$unit],
3560 'selected' => ($data['v'] == 0 && $unit == $defaultunit) || $unit == $data['u']
3562 }, array_keys($units))
3565 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configduration', $context);
3567 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, $inputid, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
3573 * Seconds duration setting with an advanced checkbox, that controls a additional
3574 * $name.'_adv' setting.
3576 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3577 * @copyright 2014 The Open University
3579 class admin_setting_configduration_with_advanced extends admin_setting_configduration {
3581 * Constructor
3582 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config,
3583 * or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
3584 * @param string $visiblename localised name
3585 * @param string $description localised long description
3586 * @param array $defaultsetting array of int value, and bool whether it is
3587 * is advanced by default.
3588 * @param int $defaultunit - day, week, etc. (in seconds)
3590 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $defaultunit = 86400) {
3591 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $defaultunit);
3592 $this->set_advanced_flag_options(admin_setting_flag::ENABLED, !empty($defaultsetting['adv']));
3598 * Used to validate a textarea used for ip addresses
3600 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3601 * @copyright 2011 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
3603 class admin_setting_configiplist extends admin_setting_configtextarea {
3606 * Validate the contents of the textarea as IP addresses
3608 * Used to validate a new line separated list of IP addresses collected from
3609 * a textarea control
3611 * @param string $data A list of IP Addresses separated by new lines
3612 * @return mixed bool true for success or string:error on failure
3614 public function validate($data) {
3615 if(!empty($data)) {
3616 $ips = explode("\n", $data);
3617 } else {
3618 return true;
3620 $result = true;
3621 $badips = array();
3622 foreach($ips as $ip) {
3623 $ip = trim($ip);
3624 if (empty($ip)) {
3625 continue;
3627 if (preg_match('#^(\d{1,3})(\.\d{1,3}){0,3}$#', $ip, $match) ||
3628 preg_match('#^(\d{1,3})(\.\d{1,3}){0,3}(\/\d{1,2})$#', $ip, $match) ||
3629 preg_match('#^(\d{1,3})(\.\d{1,3}){3}(-\d{1,3})$#', $ip, $match)) {
3630 } else {
3631 $result = false;
3632 $badips[] = $ip;
3635 if($result) {
3636 return true;
3637 } else {
3638 return get_string('validateiperror', 'admin', join(', ', $badips));
3644 * Used to validate a textarea used for domain names, wildcard domain names and IP addresses/ranges (both IPv4 and IPv6 format).
3646 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3647 * @copyright 2016 Jake Dallimore (jrhdallimore@gmail.com)
3649 class admin_setting_configmixedhostiplist extends admin_setting_configtextarea {
3652 * Validate the contents of the textarea as either IP addresses, domain name or wildcard domain name (RFC 4592).
3653 * Used to validate a new line separated list of entries collected from a textarea control.
3655 * This setting provides support for internationalised domain names (IDNs), however, such UTF-8 names will be converted to
3656 * their ascii-compatible encoding (punycode) on save, and converted back to their UTF-8 representation when fetched
3657 * via the get_setting() method, which has been overriden.
3659 * @param string $data A list of FQDNs, DNS wildcard format domains, and IP addresses, separated by new lines.
3660 * @return mixed bool true for success or string:error on failure
3662 public function validate($data) {
3663 if (empty($data)) {
3664 return true;
3666 $entries = explode("\n", $data);
3667 $badentries = [];
3669 foreach ($entries as $key => $entry) {
3670 $entry = trim($entry);
3671 if (empty($entry)) {
3672 return get_string('validateemptylineerror', 'admin');
3675 // Validate each string entry against the supported formats.
3676 if (\core\ip_utils::is_ip_address($entry) || \core\ip_utils::is_ipv6_range($entry)
3677 || \core\ip_utils::is_ipv4_range($entry) || \core\ip_utils::is_domain_name($entry)
3678 || \core\ip_utils::is_domain_matching_pattern($entry)) {
3679 continue;
3682 // Otherwise, the entry is invalid.
3683 $badentries[] = $entry;
3686 if ($badentries) {
3687 return get_string('validateerrorlist', 'admin', join(', ', $badentries));
3689 return true;
3693 * Convert any lines containing international domain names (IDNs) to their ascii-compatible encoding (ACE).
3695 * @param string $data the setting data, as sent from the web form.
3696 * @return string $data the setting data, with all IDNs converted (using punycode) to their ascii encoded version.
3698 protected function ace_encode($data) {
3699 if (empty($data)) {
3700 return $data;
3702 $entries = explode("\n", $data);
3703 foreach ($entries as $key => $entry) {
3704 $entry = trim($entry);
3705 // This regex matches any string that has non-ascii character.
3706 if (preg_match('/[^\x00-\x7f]/', $entry)) {
3707 // If we can convert the unicode string to an idn, do so.
3708 // Otherwise, leave the original unicode string alone and let the validation function handle it (it will fail).
3709 $val = idn_to_ascii($entry, IDNA_NONTRANSITIONAL_TO_ASCII, INTL_IDNA_VARIANT_UTS46);
3710 $entries[$key] = $val ? $val : $entry;
3713 return implode("\n", $entries);
3717 * Decode any ascii-encoded domain names back to their utf-8 representation for display.
3719 * @param string $data the setting data, as found in the database.
3720 * @return string $data the setting data, with all ascii-encoded IDNs decoded back to their utf-8 representation.
3722 protected function ace_decode($data) {
3723 $entries = explode("\n", $data);
3724 foreach ($entries as $key => $entry) {
3725 $entry = trim($entry);
3726 if (strpos($entry, 'xn--') !== false) {
3727 $entries[$key] = idn_to_utf8($entry, IDNA_NONTRANSITIONAL_TO_ASCII, INTL_IDNA_VARIANT_UTS46);
3730 return implode("\n", $entries);
3734 * Override, providing utf8-decoding for ascii-encoded IDN strings.
3736 * @return mixed returns punycode-converted setting string if successful, else null.
3738 public function get_setting() {
3739 // Here, we need to decode any ascii-encoded IDNs back to their native, utf-8 representation.
3740 $data = $this->config_read($this->name);
3741 if (function_exists('idn_to_utf8') && !is_null($data)) {
3742 $data = $this->ace_decode($data);
3744 return $data;
3748 * Override, providing ascii-encoding for utf8 (native) IDN strings.
3750 * @param string $data
3751 * @return string
3753 public function write_setting($data) {
3754 if ($this->paramtype === PARAM_INT and $data === '') {
3755 // Do not complain if '' used instead of 0.
3756 $data = 0;
3759 // Try to convert any non-ascii domains to ACE prior to validation - we can't modify anything in validate!
3760 if (function_exists('idn_to_ascii')) {
3761 $data = $this->ace_encode($data);
3764 $validated = $this->validate($data);
3765 if ($validated !== true) {
3766 return $validated;
3768 return ($this->config_write($this->name, $data) ? '' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
3773 * Used to validate a textarea used for port numbers.
3775 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3776 * @copyright 2016 Jake Dallimore (jrhdallimore@gmail.com)
3778 class admin_setting_configportlist extends admin_setting_configtextarea {
3781 * Validate the contents of the textarea as port numbers.
3782 * Used to validate a new line separated list of ports collected from a textarea control.
3784 * @param string $data A list of ports separated by new lines
3785 * @return mixed bool true for success or string:error on failure
3787 public function validate($data) {
3788 if (empty($data)) {
3789 return true;
3791 $ports = explode("\n", $data);
3792 $badentries = [];
3793 foreach ($ports as $port) {
3794 $port = trim($port);
3795 if (empty($port)) {
3796 return get_string('validateemptylineerror', 'admin');
3799 // Is the string a valid integer number?
3800 if (strval(intval($port)) !== $port || intval($port) <= 0) {
3801 $badentries[] = $port;
3804 if ($badentries) {
3805 return get_string('validateerrorlist', 'admin', $badentries);
3807 return true;
3813 * An admin setting for selecting one or more users who have a capability
3814 * in the system context
3816 * An admin setting for selecting one or more users, who have a particular capability
3817 * in the system context. Warning, make sure the list will never be too long. There is
3818 * no paging or searching of this list.
3820 * To correctly get a list of users from this config setting, you need to call the
3821 * get_users_from_config($CFG->mysetting, $capability); function in moodlelib.php.
3823 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3825 class admin_setting_users_with_capability extends admin_setting_configmultiselect {
3826 /** @var string The capabilities name */
3827 protected $capability;
3828 /** @var int include admin users too */
3829 protected $includeadmins;
3832 * Constructor.
3834 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
3835 * @param string $visiblename localised name
3836 * @param string $description localised long description
3837 * @param array $defaultsetting array of usernames
3838 * @param string $capability string capability name.
3839 * @param bool $includeadmins include administrators
3841 function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $capability, $includeadmins = true) {
3842 $this->capability = $capability;
3843 $this->includeadmins = $includeadmins;
3844 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, NULL);
3848 * Load all of the uses who have the capability into choice array
3850 * @return bool Always returns true
3852 function load_choices() {
3853 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
3854 return true;
3856 list($sort, $sortparams) = users_order_by_sql('u');
3857 if (!empty($sortparams)) {
3858 throw new coding_exception('users_order_by_sql returned some query parameters. ' .
3859 'This is unexpected, and a problem because there is no way to pass these ' .
3860 'parameters to get_users_by_capability. See MDL-34657.');
3862 $userfields = 'u.id, u.username, ' . get_all_user_name_fields(true, 'u');
3863 $users = get_users_by_capability(context_system::instance(), $this->capability, $userfields, $sort);
3864 $this->choices = array(
3865 '$@NONE@$' => get_string('nobody'),
3866 '$@ALL@$' => get_string('everyonewhocan', 'admin', get_capability_string($this->capability)),
3868 if ($this->includeadmins) {
3869 $admins = get_admins();
3870 foreach ($admins as $user) {
3871 $this->choices[$user->id] = fullname($user);
3874 if (is_array($users)) {
3875 foreach ($users as $user) {
3876 $this->choices[$user->id] = fullname($user);
3879 return true;
3883 * Returns the default setting for class
3885 * @return mixed Array, or string. Empty string if no default
3887 public function get_defaultsetting() {
3888 $this->load_choices();
3889 $defaultsetting = parent::get_defaultsetting();
3890 if (empty($defaultsetting)) {
3891 return array('$@NONE@$');
3892 } else if (array_key_exists($defaultsetting, $this->choices)) {
3893 return $defaultsetting;
3894 } else {
3895 return '';
3900 * Returns the current setting
3902 * @return mixed array or string
3904 public function get_setting() {
3905 $result = parent::get_setting();
3906 if ($result === null) {
3907 // this is necessary for settings upgrade
3908 return null;
3910 if (empty($result)) {
3911 $result = array('$@NONE@$');
3913 return $result;
3917 * Save the chosen setting provided as $data
3919 * @param array $data
3920 * @return mixed string or array
3922 public function write_setting($data) {
3923 // If all is selected, remove any explicit options.
3924 if (in_array('$@ALL@$', $data)) {
3925 $data = array('$@ALL@$');
3927 // None never needs to be written to the DB.
3928 if (in_array('$@NONE@$', $data)) {
3929 unset($data[array_search('$@NONE@$', $data)]);
3931 return parent::write_setting($data);
3937 * Special checkbox for calendar - resets SESSION vars.
3939 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3941 class admin_setting_special_adminseesall extends admin_setting_configcheckbox {
3943 * Calls the parent::__construct with default values
3945 * name => calendar_adminseesall
3946 * visiblename => get_string('adminseesall', 'admin')
3947 * description => get_string('helpadminseesall', 'admin')
3948 * defaultsetting => 0
3950 public function __construct() {
3951 parent::__construct('calendar_adminseesall', get_string('adminseesall', 'admin'),
3952 get_string('helpadminseesall', 'admin'), '0');
3956 * Stores the setting passed in $data
3958 * @param mixed gets converted to string for comparison
3959 * @return string empty string or error message
3961 public function write_setting($data) {
3962 global $SESSION;
3963 return parent::write_setting($data);
3968 * Special select for settings that are altered in setup.php and can not be altered on the fly
3970 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3972 class admin_setting_special_selectsetup extends admin_setting_configselect {
3974 * Reads the setting directly from the database
3976 * @return mixed
3978 public function get_setting() {
3979 // read directly from db!
3980 return get_config(NULL, $this->name);
3984 * Save the setting passed in $data
3986 * @param string $data The setting to save
3987 * @return string empty or error message
3989 public function write_setting($data) {
3990 global $CFG;
3991 // do not change active CFG setting!
3992 $current = $CFG->{$this->name};
3993 $result = parent::write_setting($data);
3994 $CFG->{$this->name} = $current;
3995 return $result;
4001 * Special select for frontpage - stores data in course table
4003 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4005 class admin_setting_sitesetselect extends admin_setting_configselect {
4007 * Returns the site name for the selected site
4009 * @see get_site()
4010 * @return string The site name of the selected site
4012 public function get_setting() {
4013 $site = course_get_format(get_site())->get_course();
4014 return $site->{$this->name};
4018 * Updates the database and save the setting
4020 * @param string data
4021 * @return string empty or error message
4023 public function write_setting($data) {
4024 global $DB, $SITE, $COURSE;
4025 if (!in_array($data, array_keys($this->choices))) {
4026 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
4028 $record = new stdClass();
4029 $record->id = SITEID;
4030 $temp = $this->name;
4031 $record->$temp = $data;
4032 $record->timemodified = time();
4034 course_get_format($SITE)->update_course_format_options($record);
4035 $DB->update_record('course', $record);
4037 // Reset caches.
4038 $SITE = $DB->get_record('course', array('id'=>$SITE->id), '*', MUST_EXIST);
4039 if ($SITE->id == $COURSE->id) {
4040 $COURSE = $SITE;
4042 format_base::reset_course_cache($SITE->id);
4044 return '';
4051 * Select for blog's bloglevel setting: if set to 0, will set blog_menu
4052 * block to hidden.
4054 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4056 class admin_setting_bloglevel extends admin_setting_configselect {
4058 * Updates the database and save the setting
4060 * @param string data
4061 * @return string empty or error message
4063 public function write_setting($data) {
4064 global $DB, $CFG;
4065 if ($data == 0) {
4066 $blogblocks = $DB->get_records_select('block', "name LIKE 'blog_%' AND visible = 1");
4067 foreach ($blogblocks as $block) {
4068 $DB->set_field('block', 'visible', 0, array('id' => $block->id));
4070 } else {
4071 // reenable all blocks only when switching from disabled blogs
4072 if (isset($CFG->bloglevel) and $CFG->bloglevel == 0) {
4073 $blogblocks = $DB->get_records_select('block', "name LIKE 'blog_%' AND visible = 0");
4074 foreach ($blogblocks as $block) {
4075 $DB->set_field('block', 'visible', 1, array('id' => $block->id));
4079 return parent::write_setting($data);
4085 * Special select - lists on the frontpage - hacky
4087 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4089 class admin_setting_courselist_frontpage extends admin_setting {
4090 /** @var array Array of choices value=>label */
4091 public $choices;
4094 * Construct override, requires one param
4096 * @param bool $loggedin Is the user logged in
4098 public function __construct($loggedin) {
4099 global $CFG;
4100 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/course/lib.php');
4101 $name = 'frontpage'.($loggedin ? 'loggedin' : '');
4102 $visiblename = get_string('frontpage'.($loggedin ? 'loggedin' : ''),'admin');
4103 $description = get_string('configfrontpage'.($loggedin ? 'loggedin' : ''),'admin');
4104 $defaults = array(FRONTPAGEALLCOURSELIST);
4105 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaults);
4109 * Loads the choices available
4111 * @return bool always returns true
4113 public function load_choices() {
4114 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
4115 return true;
4117 $this->choices = array(FRONTPAGENEWS => get_string('frontpagenews'),
4118 FRONTPAGEALLCOURSELIST => get_string('frontpagecourselist'),
4119 FRONTPAGEENROLLEDCOURSELIST => get_string('frontpageenrolledcourselist'),
4120 FRONTPAGECATEGORYNAMES => get_string('frontpagecategorynames'),
4121 FRONTPAGECATEGORYCOMBO => get_string('frontpagecategorycombo'),
4122 FRONTPAGECOURSESEARCH => get_string('frontpagecoursesearch'),
4123 'none' => get_string('none'));
4124 if ($this->name === 'frontpage') {
4125 unset($this->choices[FRONTPAGEENROLLEDCOURSELIST]);
4127 return true;
4131 * Returns the selected settings
4133 * @param mixed array or setting or null
4135 public function get_setting() {
4136 $result = $this->config_read($this->name);
4137 if (is_null($result)) {
4138 return NULL;
4140 if ($result === '') {
4141 return array();
4143 return explode(',', $result);
4147 * Save the selected options
4149 * @param array $data
4150 * @return mixed empty string (data is not an array) or bool true=success false=failure
4152 public function write_setting($data) {
4153 if (!is_array($data)) {
4154 return '';
4156 $this->load_choices();
4157 $save = array();
4158 foreach($data as $datum) {
4159 if ($datum == 'none' or !array_key_exists($datum, $this->choices)) {
4160 continue;
4162 $save[$datum] = $datum; // no duplicates
4164 return ($this->config_write($this->name, implode(',', $save)) ? '' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
4168 * Return XHTML select field and wrapping div
4170 * @todo Add vartype handling to make sure $data is an array
4171 * @param array $data Array of elements to select by default
4172 * @return string XHTML select field and wrapping div
4174 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
4175 global $OUTPUT;
4177 $this->load_choices();
4178 $currentsetting = array();
4179 foreach ($data as $key) {
4180 if ($key != 'none' and array_key_exists($key, $this->choices)) {
4181 $currentsetting[] = $key; // already selected first
4185 $context = (object) [
4186 'id' => $this->get_id(),
4187 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
4190 $options = $this->choices;
4191 $selects = [];
4192 for ($i = 0; $i < count($this->choices) - 1; $i++) {
4193 if (!array_key_exists($i, $currentsetting)) {
4194 $currentsetting[$i] = 'none';
4196 $selects[] = [
4197 'key' => $i,
4198 'options' => array_map(function($option) use ($options, $currentsetting, $i) {
4199 return [
4200 'name' => $options[$option],
4201 'value' => $option,
4202 'selected' => $currentsetting[$i] == $option
4204 }, array_keys($options))
4207 $context->selects = $selects;
4209 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_courselist_frontpage', $context);
4211 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, false, '', null, $query);
4217 * Special checkbox for frontpage - stores data in course table
4219 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4221 class admin_setting_sitesetcheckbox extends admin_setting_configcheckbox {
4223 * Returns the current sites name
4225 * @return string
4227 public function get_setting() {
4228 $site = course_get_format(get_site())->get_course();
4229 return $site->{$this->name};
4233 * Save the selected setting
4235 * @param string $data The selected site
4236 * @return string empty string or error message
4238 public function write_setting($data) {
4239 global $DB, $SITE, $COURSE;
4240 $record = new stdClass();
4241 $record->id = $SITE->id;
4242 $record->{$this->name} = ($data == '1' ? 1 : 0);
4243 $record->timemodified = time();
4245 course_get_format($SITE)->update_course_format_options($record);
4246 $DB->update_record('course', $record);
4248 // Reset caches.
4249 $SITE = $DB->get_record('course', array('id'=>$SITE->id), '*', MUST_EXIST);
4250 if ($SITE->id == $COURSE->id) {
4251 $COURSE = $SITE;
4253 format_base::reset_course_cache($SITE->id);
4255 return '';
4260 * Special text for frontpage - stores data in course table.
4261 * Empty string means not set here. Manual setting is required.
4263 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4265 class admin_setting_sitesettext extends admin_setting_configtext {
4268 * Constructor.
4270 public function __construct() {
4271 call_user_func_array(['parent', '__construct'], func_get_args());
4272 $this->set_force_ltr(false);
4276 * Return the current setting
4278 * @return mixed string or null
4280 public function get_setting() {
4281 $site = course_get_format(get_site())->get_course();
4282 return $site->{$this->name} != '' ? $site->{$this->name} : NULL;
4286 * Validate the selected data
4288 * @param string $data The selected value to validate
4289 * @return mixed true or message string
4291 public function validate($data) {
4292 global $DB, $SITE;
4293 $cleaned = clean_param($data, PARAM_TEXT);
4294 if ($cleaned === '') {
4295 return get_string('required');
4297 if ($this->name ==='shortname' &&
4298 $DB->record_exists_sql('SELECT id from {course} WHERE shortname = ? AND id <> ?', array($data, $SITE->id))) {
4299 return get_string('shortnametaken', 'error', $data);
4301 if ("$data" == "$cleaned") { // implicit conversion to string is needed to do exact comparison
4302 return true;
4303 } else {
4304 return get_string('validateerror', 'admin');
4309 * Save the selected setting
4311 * @param string $data The selected value
4312 * @return string empty or error message
4314 public function write_setting($data) {
4315 global $DB, $SITE, $COURSE;
4316 $data = trim($data);
4317 $validated = $this->validate($data);
4318 if ($validated !== true) {
4319 return $validated;
4322 $record = new stdClass();
4323 $record->id = $SITE->id;
4324 $record->{$this->name} = $data;
4325 $record->timemodified = time();
4327 course_get_format($SITE)->update_course_format_options($record);
4328 $DB->update_record('course', $record);
4330 // Reset caches.
4331 $SITE = $DB->get_record('course', array('id'=>$SITE->id), '*', MUST_EXIST);
4332 if ($SITE->id == $COURSE->id) {
4333 $COURSE = $SITE;
4335 format_base::reset_course_cache($SITE->id);
4337 return '';
4343 * Special text editor for site description.
4345 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4347 class admin_setting_special_frontpagedesc extends admin_setting_confightmleditor {
4350 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
4352 public function __construct() {
4353 parent::__construct('summary', get_string('frontpagedescription'), get_string('frontpagedescriptionhelp'), null,
4354 PARAM_RAW, 60, 15);
4358 * Return the current setting
4359 * @return string The current setting
4361 public function get_setting() {
4362 $site = course_get_format(get_site())->get_course();
4363 return $site->{$this->name};
4367 * Save the new setting
4369 * @param string $data The new value to save
4370 * @return string empty or error message
4372 public function write_setting($data) {
4373 global $DB, $SITE, $COURSE;
4374 $record = new stdClass();
4375 $record->id = $SITE->id;
4376 $record->{$this->name} = $data;
4377 $record->timemodified = time();
4379 course_get_format($SITE)->update_course_format_options($record);
4380 $DB->update_record('course', $record);
4382 // Reset caches.
4383 $SITE = $DB->get_record('course', array('id'=>$SITE->id), '*', MUST_EXIST);
4384 if ($SITE->id == $COURSE->id) {
4385 $COURSE = $SITE;
4387 format_base::reset_course_cache($SITE->id);
4389 return '';
4395 * Administration interface for emoticon_manager settings.
4397 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4399 class admin_setting_emoticons extends admin_setting {
4402 * Calls parent::__construct with specific args
4404 public function __construct() {
4405 global $CFG;
4407 $manager = get_emoticon_manager();
4408 $defaults = $this->prepare_form_data($manager->default_emoticons());
4409 parent::__construct('emoticons', get_string('emoticons', 'admin'), get_string('emoticons_desc', 'admin'), $defaults);
4413 * Return the current setting(s)
4415 * @return array Current settings array
4417 public function get_setting() {
4418 global $CFG;
4420 $manager = get_emoticon_manager();
4422 $config = $this->config_read($this->name);
4423 if (is_null($config)) {
4424 return null;
4427 $config = $manager->decode_stored_config($config);
4428 if (is_null($config)) {
4429 return null;
4432 return $this->prepare_form_data($config);
4436 * Save selected settings
4438 * @param array $data Array of settings to save
4439 * @return bool
4441 public function write_setting($data) {
4443 $manager = get_emoticon_manager();
4444 $emoticons = $this->process_form_data($data);
4446 if ($emoticons === false) {
4447 return false;
4450 if ($this->config_write($this->name, $manager->encode_stored_config($emoticons))) {
4451 return ''; // success
4452 } else {
4453 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin') . $this->visiblename . html_writer::empty_tag('br');
4458 * Return XHTML field(s) for options
4460 * @param array $data Array of options to set in HTML
4461 * @return string XHTML string for the fields and wrapping div(s)
4463 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
4464 global $OUTPUT;
4466 $context = (object) [
4467 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
4468 'emoticons' => [],
4469 'forceltr' => true,
4472 $i = 0;
4473 foreach ($data as $field => $value) {
4475 // When $i == 0: text.
4476 // When $i == 1: imagename.
4477 // When $i == 2: imagecomponent.
4478 // When $i == 3: altidentifier.
4479 // When $i == 4: altcomponent.
4480 $fields[$i] = (object) [
4481 'field' => $field,
4482 'value' => $value,
4483 'index' => $i
4485 $i++;
4487 if ($i > 4) {
4488 $icon = null;
4489 if (!empty($fields[1]->value)) {
4490 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists($fields[3]->value, $fields[4]->value)) {
4491 $alt = get_string($fields[3]->value, $fields[4]->value);
4492 } else {
4493 $alt = $fields[0]->value;
4495 $icon = new pix_emoticon($fields[1]->value, $alt, $fields[2]->value);
4497 $context->emoticons[] = [
4498 'fields' => $fields,
4499 'icon' => $icon ? $icon->export_for_template($OUTPUT) : null
4501 $fields = [];
4502 $i = 0;
4506 $context->reseturl = new moodle_url('/admin/resetemoticons.php');
4507 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_emoticons', $context);
4508 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, false, '', NULL, $query);
4512 * Converts the array of emoticon objects provided by {@see emoticon_manager} into admin settings form data
4514 * @see self::process_form_data()
4515 * @param array $emoticons array of emoticon objects as returned by {@see emoticon_manager}
4516 * @return array of form fields and their values
4518 protected function prepare_form_data(array $emoticons) {
4520 $form = array();
4521 $i = 0;
4522 foreach ($emoticons as $emoticon) {
4523 $form['text'.$i] = $emoticon->text;
4524 $form['imagename'.$i] = $emoticon->imagename;
4525 $form['imagecomponent'.$i] = $emoticon->imagecomponent;
4526 $form['altidentifier'.$i] = $emoticon->altidentifier;
4527 $form['altcomponent'.$i] = $emoticon->altcomponent;
4528 $i++;
4530 // add one more blank field set for new object
4531 $form['text'.$i] = '';
4532 $form['imagename'.$i] = '';
4533 $form['imagecomponent'.$i] = '';
4534 $form['altidentifier'.$i] = '';
4535 $form['altcomponent'.$i] = '';
4537 return $form;
4541 * Converts the data from admin settings form into an array of emoticon objects
4543 * @see self::prepare_form_data()
4544 * @param array $data array of admin form fields and values
4545 * @return false|array of emoticon objects
4547 protected function process_form_data(array $form) {
4549 $count = count($form); // number of form field values
4551 if ($count % 5) {
4552 // we must get five fields per emoticon object
4553 return false;
4556 $emoticons = array();
4557 for ($i = 0; $i < $count / 5; $i++) {
4558 $emoticon = new stdClass();
4559 $emoticon->text = clean_param(trim($form['text'.$i]), PARAM_NOTAGS);
4560 $emoticon->imagename = clean_param(trim($form['imagename'.$i]), PARAM_PATH);
4561 $emoticon->imagecomponent = clean_param(trim($form['imagecomponent'.$i]), PARAM_COMPONENT);
4562 $emoticon->altidentifier = clean_param(trim($form['altidentifier'.$i]), PARAM_STRINGID);
4563 $emoticon->altcomponent = clean_param(trim($form['altcomponent'.$i]), PARAM_COMPONENT);
4565 if (strpos($emoticon->text, ':/') !== false or strpos($emoticon->text, '//') !== false) {
4566 // prevent from breaking http://url.addresses by accident
4567 $emoticon->text = '';
4570 if (strlen($emoticon->text) < 2) {
4571 // do not allow single character emoticons
4572 $emoticon->text = '';
4575 if (preg_match('/^[a-zA-Z]+[a-zA-Z0-9]*$/', $emoticon->text)) {
4576 // emoticon text must contain some non-alphanumeric character to prevent
4577 // breaking HTML tags
4578 $emoticon->text = '';
4581 if ($emoticon->text !== '' and $emoticon->imagename !== '' and $emoticon->imagecomponent !== '') {
4582 $emoticons[] = $emoticon;
4585 return $emoticons;
4592 * Special setting for limiting of the list of available languages.
4594 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4596 class admin_setting_langlist extends admin_setting_configtext {
4598 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
4600 public function __construct() {
4601 parent::__construct('langlist', get_string('langlist', 'admin'), get_string('configlanglist', 'admin'), '', PARAM_NOTAGS);
4605 * Save the new setting
4607 * @param string $data The new setting
4608 * @return bool
4610 public function write_setting($data) {
4611 $return = parent::write_setting($data);
4612 get_string_manager()->reset_caches();
4613 return $return;
4619 * Selection of one of the recognised countries using the list
4620 * returned by {@link get_list_of_countries()}.
4622 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4624 class admin_settings_country_select extends admin_setting_configselect {
4625 protected $includeall;
4626 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $includeall=false) {
4627 $this->includeall = $includeall;
4628 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, null);
4632 * Lazy-load the available choices for the select box
4634 public function load_choices() {
4635 global $CFG;
4636 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
4637 return true;
4639 $this->choices = array_merge(
4640 array('0' => get_string('choosedots')),
4641 get_string_manager()->get_list_of_countries($this->includeall));
4642 return true;
4648 * admin_setting_configselect for the default number of sections in a course,
4649 * simply so we can lazy-load the choices.
4651 * @copyright 2011 The Open University
4652 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4654 class admin_settings_num_course_sections extends admin_setting_configselect {
4655 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting) {
4656 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, array());
4659 /** Lazy-load the available choices for the select box */
4660 public function load_choices() {
4661 $max = get_config('moodlecourse', 'maxsections');
4662 if (!isset($max) || !is_numeric($max)) {
4663 $max = 52;
4665 for ($i = 0; $i <= $max; $i++) {
4666 $this->choices[$i] = "$i";
4668 return true;
4674 * Course category selection
4676 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4678 class admin_settings_coursecat_select extends admin_setting_configselect {
4680 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
4682 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting) {
4683 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, NULL);
4687 * Load the available choices for the select box
4689 * @return bool
4691 public function load_choices() {
4692 global $CFG;
4693 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/course/lib.php');
4694 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
4695 return true;
4697 $this->choices = make_categories_options();
4698 return true;
4704 * Special control for selecting days to backup
4706 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4708 class admin_setting_special_backupdays extends admin_setting_configmulticheckbox2 {
4710 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
4712 public function __construct() {
4713 parent::__construct('backup_auto_weekdays', get_string('automatedbackupschedule','backup'), get_string('automatedbackupschedulehelp','backup'), array(), NULL);
4714 $this->plugin = 'backup';
4718 * Load the available choices for the select box
4720 * @return bool Always returns true
4722 public function load_choices() {
4723 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
4724 return true;
4726 $this->choices = array();
4727 $days = array('sunday', 'monday', 'tuesday', 'wednesday', 'thursday', 'friday', 'saturday');
4728 foreach ($days as $day) {
4729 $this->choices[$day] = get_string($day, 'calendar');
4731 return true;
4736 * Special setting for backup auto destination.
4738 * @package core
4739 * @subpackage admin
4740 * @copyright 2014 Frédéric Massart - FMCorz.net
4741 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4743 class admin_setting_special_backup_auto_destination extends admin_setting_configdirectory {
4746 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments.
4748 public function __construct() {
4749 parent::__construct('backup/backup_auto_destination', new lang_string('saveto'), new lang_string('backupsavetohelp'), '');
4753 * Check if the directory must be set, depending on backup/backup_auto_storage.
4755 * Note: backup/backup_auto_storage must be specified BEFORE this setting otherwise
4756 * there will be conflicts if this validation happens before the other one.
4758 * @param string $data Form data.
4759 * @return string Empty when no errors.
4761 public function write_setting($data) {
4762 $storage = (int) get_config('backup', 'backup_auto_storage');
4763 if ($storage !== 0) {
4764 if (empty($data) || !file_exists($data) || !is_dir($data) || !is_writable($data) ) {
4765 // The directory must exist and be writable.
4766 return get_string('backuperrorinvaliddestination');
4769 return parent::write_setting($data);
4775 * Special debug setting
4777 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4779 class admin_setting_special_debug extends admin_setting_configselect {
4781 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
4783 public function __construct() {
4784 parent::__construct('debug', get_string('debug', 'admin'), get_string('configdebug', 'admin'), DEBUG_NONE, NULL);
4788 * Load the available choices for the select box
4790 * @return bool
4792 public function load_choices() {
4793 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
4794 return true;
4796 $this->choices = array(DEBUG_NONE => get_string('debugnone', 'admin'),
4797 DEBUG_MINIMAL => get_string('debugminimal', 'admin'),
4798 DEBUG_NORMAL => get_string('debugnormal', 'admin'),
4799 DEBUG_ALL => get_string('debugall', 'admin'),
4800 DEBUG_DEVELOPER => get_string('debugdeveloper', 'admin'));
4801 return true;
4807 * Special admin control
4809 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4811 class admin_setting_special_calendar_weekend extends admin_setting {
4813 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
4815 public function __construct() {
4816 $name = 'calendar_weekend';
4817 $visiblename = get_string('calendar_weekend', 'admin');
4818 $description = get_string('helpweekenddays', 'admin');
4819 $default = array ('0', '6'); // Saturdays and Sundays
4820 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $default);
4824 * Gets the current settings as an array
4826 * @return mixed Null if none, else array of settings
4828 public function get_setting() {
4829 $result = $this->config_read($this->name);
4830 if (is_null($result)) {
4831 return NULL;
4833 if ($result === '') {
4834 return array();
4836 $settings = array();
4837 for ($i=0; $i<7; $i++) {
4838 if ($result & (1 << $i)) {
4839 $settings[] = $i;
4842 return $settings;
4846 * Save the new settings
4848 * @param array $data Array of new settings
4849 * @return bool
4851 public function write_setting($data) {
4852 if (!is_array($data)) {
4853 return '';
4855 unset($data['xxxxx']);
4856 $result = 0;
4857 foreach($data as $index) {
4858 $result |= 1 << $index;
4860 return ($this->config_write($this->name, $result) ? '' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
4864 * Return XHTML to display the control
4866 * @param array $data array of selected days
4867 * @param string $query
4868 * @return string XHTML for display (field + wrapping div(s)
4870 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
4871 global $OUTPUT;
4873 // The order matters very much because of the implied numeric keys.
4874 $days = array('sunday', 'monday', 'tuesday', 'wednesday', 'thursday', 'friday', 'saturday');
4875 $context = (object) [
4876 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
4877 'id' => $this->get_id(),
4878 'days' => array_map(function($index) use ($days, $data) {
4879 return [
4880 'index' => $index,
4881 'label' => get_string($days[$index], 'calendar'),
4882 'checked' => in_array($index, $data)
4884 }, array_keys($days))
4887 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_special_calendar_weekend', $context);
4889 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, false, '', NULL, $query);
4896 * Admin setting that allows a user to pick a behaviour.
4898 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4900 class admin_setting_question_behaviour extends admin_setting_configselect {
4902 * @param string $name name of config variable
4903 * @param string $visiblename display name
4904 * @param string $description description
4905 * @param string $default default.
4907 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $default) {
4908 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $default, null);
4912 * Load list of behaviours as choices
4913 * @return bool true => success, false => error.
4915 public function load_choices() {
4916 global $CFG;
4917 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/question/engine/lib.php');
4918 $this->choices = question_engine::get_behaviour_options('');
4919 return true;
4925 * Admin setting that allows a user to pick appropriate roles for something.
4927 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4929 class admin_setting_pickroles extends admin_setting_configmulticheckbox {
4930 /** @var array Array of capabilities which identify roles */
4931 private $types;
4934 * @param string $name Name of config variable
4935 * @param string $visiblename Display name
4936 * @param string $description Description
4937 * @param array $types Array of archetypes which identify
4938 * roles that will be enabled by default.
4940 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $types) {
4941 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, NULL, NULL);
4942 $this->types = $types;
4946 * Load roles as choices
4948 * @return bool true=>success, false=>error
4950 public function load_choices() {
4951 global $CFG, $DB;
4952 if (during_initial_install()) {
4953 return false;
4955 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
4956 return true;
4958 if ($roles = get_all_roles()) {
4959 $this->choices = role_fix_names($roles, null, ROLENAME_ORIGINAL, true);
4960 return true;
4961 } else {
4962 return false;
4967 * Return the default setting for this control
4969 * @return array Array of default settings
4971 public function get_defaultsetting() {
4972 global $CFG;
4974 if (during_initial_install()) {
4975 return null;
4977 $result = array();
4978 foreach($this->types as $archetype) {
4979 if ($caproles = get_archetype_roles($archetype)) {
4980 foreach ($caproles as $caprole) {
4981 $result[$caprole->id] = 1;
4985 return $result;
4991 * Admin setting that is a list of installed filter plugins.
4993 * @copyright 2015 The Open University
4994 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4996 class admin_setting_pickfilters extends admin_setting_configmulticheckbox {
4999 * Constructor
5001 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings
5002 * that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
5003 * @param string $visiblename localised name
5004 * @param string $description localised long description
5005 * @param array $default the default. E.g. array('urltolink' => 1, 'emoticons' => 1)
5007 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $default) {
5008 if (empty($default)) {
5009 $default = array();
5011 $this->load_choices();
5012 foreach ($default as $plugin) {
5013 if (!isset($this->choices[$plugin])) {
5014 unset($default[$plugin]);
5017 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $default, null);
5020 public function load_choices() {
5021 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
5022 return true;
5024 $this->choices = array();
5026 foreach (core_component::get_plugin_list('filter') as $plugin => $unused) {
5027 $this->choices[$plugin] = filter_get_name($plugin);
5029 return true;
5035 * Text field with an advanced checkbox, that controls a additional $name.'_adv' setting.
5037 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5039 class admin_setting_configtext_with_advanced extends admin_setting_configtext {
5041 * Constructor
5042 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
5043 * @param string $visiblename localised
5044 * @param string $description long localised info
5045 * @param array $defaultsetting ('value'=>string, '__construct'=>bool)
5046 * @param mixed $paramtype int means PARAM_XXX type, string is a allowed format in regex
5047 * @param int $size default field size
5049 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype=PARAM_RAW, $size=null) {
5050 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $paramtype, $size);
5051 $this->set_advanced_flag_options(admin_setting_flag::ENABLED, !empty($defaultsetting['adv']));
5057 * Checkbox with an advanced checkbox that controls an additional $name.'_adv' config setting.
5059 * @copyright 2009 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
5060 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5062 class admin_setting_configcheckbox_with_advanced extends admin_setting_configcheckbox {
5065 * Constructor
5066 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
5067 * @param string $visiblename localised
5068 * @param string $description long localised info
5069 * @param array $defaultsetting ('value'=>string, 'adv'=>bool)
5070 * @param string $yes value used when checked
5071 * @param string $no value used when not checked
5073 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $yes='1', $no='0') {
5074 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $yes, $no);
5075 $this->set_advanced_flag_options(admin_setting_flag::ENABLED, !empty($defaultsetting['adv']));
5082 * Checkbox with an advanced checkbox that controls an additional $name.'_locked' config setting.
5084 * This is nearly a copy/paste of admin_setting_configcheckbox_with_adv
5086 * @copyright 2010 Sam Hemelryk
5087 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5089 class admin_setting_configcheckbox_with_lock extends admin_setting_configcheckbox {
5091 * Constructor
5092 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
5093 * @param string $visiblename localised
5094 * @param string $description long localised info
5095 * @param array $defaultsetting ('value'=>string, 'locked'=>bool)
5096 * @param string $yes value used when checked
5097 * @param string $no value used when not checked
5099 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $yes='1', $no='0') {
5100 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $yes, $no);
5101 $this->set_locked_flag_options(admin_setting_flag::ENABLED, !empty($defaultsetting['locked']));
5108 * Dropdown menu with an advanced checkbox, that controls a additional $name.'_adv' setting.
5110 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5112 class admin_setting_configselect_with_advanced extends admin_setting_configselect {
5114 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5116 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
5117 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $choices);
5118 $this->set_advanced_flag_options(admin_setting_flag::ENABLED, !empty($defaultsetting['adv']));
5124 * Select with an advanced checkbox that controls an additional $name.'_locked' config setting.
5126 * @copyright 2017 Marina Glancy
5127 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5129 class admin_setting_configselect_with_lock extends admin_setting_configselect {
5131 * Constructor
5132 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config,
5133 * or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
5134 * @param string $visiblename localised
5135 * @param string $description long localised info
5136 * @param array $defaultsetting ('value'=>string, 'locked'=>bool)
5137 * @param array $choices array of $value=>$label for each selection
5139 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
5140 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $choices);
5141 $this->set_locked_flag_options(admin_setting_flag::ENABLED, !empty($defaultsetting['locked']));
5147 * Graded roles in gradebook
5149 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5151 class admin_setting_special_gradebookroles extends admin_setting_pickroles {
5153 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5155 public function __construct() {
5156 parent::__construct('gradebookroles', get_string('gradebookroles', 'admin'),
5157 get_string('configgradebookroles', 'admin'),
5158 array('student'));
5165 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5167 class admin_setting_regradingcheckbox extends admin_setting_configcheckbox {
5169 * Saves the new settings passed in $data
5171 * @param string $data
5172 * @return mixed string or Array
5174 public function write_setting($data) {
5175 global $CFG, $DB;
5177 $oldvalue = $this->config_read($this->name);
5178 $return = parent::write_setting($data);
5179 $newvalue = $this->config_read($this->name);
5181 if ($oldvalue !== $newvalue) {
5182 // force full regrading
5183 $DB->set_field('grade_items', 'needsupdate', 1, array('needsupdate'=>0));
5186 return $return;
5192 * Which roles to show on course description page
5194 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5196 class admin_setting_special_coursecontact extends admin_setting_pickroles {
5198 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5200 public function __construct() {
5201 parent::__construct('coursecontact', get_string('coursecontact', 'admin'),
5202 get_string('coursecontact_desc', 'admin'),
5203 array('editingteacher'));
5204 $this->set_updatedcallback(function (){
5205 cache::make('core', 'coursecontacts')->purge();
5213 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5215 class admin_setting_special_gradelimiting extends admin_setting_configcheckbox {
5217 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5219 public function __construct() {
5220 parent::__construct('unlimitedgrades', get_string('unlimitedgrades', 'grades'),
5221 get_string('unlimitedgrades_help', 'grades'), '0', '1', '0');
5225 * Old syntax of class constructor. Deprecated in PHP7.
5227 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.1
5229 public function admin_setting_special_gradelimiting() {
5230 debugging('Use of class name as constructor is deprecated', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
5231 self::__construct();
5235 * Force site regrading
5237 function regrade_all() {
5238 global $CFG;
5239 require_once("$CFG->libdir/gradelib.php");
5240 grade_force_site_regrading();
5244 * Saves the new settings
5246 * @param mixed $data
5247 * @return string empty string or error message
5249 function write_setting($data) {
5250 $previous = $this->get_setting();
5252 if ($previous === null) {
5253 if ($data) {
5254 $this->regrade_all();
5256 } else {
5257 if ($data != $previous) {
5258 $this->regrade_all();
5261 return ($this->config_write($this->name, $data) ? '' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
5267 * Special setting for $CFG->grade_minmaxtouse.
5269 * @package core
5270 * @copyright 2015 Frédéric Massart - FMCorz.net
5271 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5273 class admin_setting_special_grademinmaxtouse extends admin_setting_configselect {
5276 * Constructor.
5278 public function __construct() {
5279 parent::__construct('grade_minmaxtouse', new lang_string('minmaxtouse', 'grades'),
5280 new lang_string('minmaxtouse_desc', 'grades'), GRADE_MIN_MAX_FROM_GRADE_ITEM,
5281 array(
5282 GRADE_MIN_MAX_FROM_GRADE_ITEM => get_string('gradeitemminmax', 'grades'),
5283 GRADE_MIN_MAX_FROM_GRADE_GRADE => get_string('gradegrademinmax', 'grades')
5289 * Saves the new setting.
5291 * @param mixed $data
5292 * @return string empty string or error message
5294 function write_setting($data) {
5295 global $CFG;
5297 $previous = $this->get_setting();
5298 $result = parent::write_setting($data);
5300 // If saved and the value has changed.
5301 if (empty($result) && $previous != $data) {
5302 require_once($CFG->libdir . '/gradelib.php');
5303 grade_force_site_regrading();
5306 return $result;
5313 * Primary grade export plugin - has state tracking.
5315 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5317 class admin_setting_special_gradeexport extends admin_setting_configmulticheckbox {
5319 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5321 public function __construct() {
5322 parent::__construct('gradeexport', get_string('gradeexport', 'admin'),
5323 get_string('configgradeexport', 'admin'), array(), NULL);
5327 * Load the available choices for the multicheckbox
5329 * @return bool always returns true
5331 public function load_choices() {
5332 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
5333 return true;
5335 $this->choices = array();
5337 if ($plugins = core_component::get_plugin_list('gradeexport')) {
5338 foreach($plugins as $plugin => $unused) {
5339 $this->choices[$plugin] = get_string('pluginname', 'gradeexport_'.$plugin);
5342 return true;
5348 * A setting for setting the default grade point value. Must be an integer between 1 and $CFG->gradepointmax.
5350 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5352 class admin_setting_special_gradepointdefault extends admin_setting_configtext {
5354 * Config gradepointmax constructor
5356 * @param string $name Overidden by "gradepointmax"
5357 * @param string $visiblename Overridden by "gradepointmax" language string.
5358 * @param string $description Overridden by "gradepointmax_help" language string.
5359 * @param string $defaultsetting Not used, overridden by 100.
5360 * @param mixed $paramtype Overridden by PARAM_INT.
5361 * @param int $size Overridden by 5.
5363 public function __construct($name = '', $visiblename = '', $description = '', $defaultsetting = '', $paramtype = PARAM_INT, $size = 5) {
5364 $name = 'gradepointdefault';
5365 $visiblename = get_string('gradepointdefault', 'grades');
5366 $description = get_string('gradepointdefault_help', 'grades');
5367 $defaultsetting = 100;
5368 $paramtype = PARAM_INT;
5369 $size = 5;
5370 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype, $size);
5374 * Validate data before storage
5375 * @param string $data The submitted data
5376 * @return bool|string true if ok, string if error found
5378 public function validate($data) {
5379 global $CFG;
5380 if (((string)(int)$data === (string)$data && $data > 0 && $data <= $CFG->gradepointmax)) {
5381 return true;
5382 } else {
5383 return get_string('gradepointdefault_validateerror', 'grades');
5390 * A setting for setting the maximum grade value. Must be an integer between 1 and 10000.
5392 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5394 class admin_setting_special_gradepointmax extends admin_setting_configtext {
5397 * Config gradepointmax constructor
5399 * @param string $name Overidden by "gradepointmax"
5400 * @param string $visiblename Overridden by "gradepointmax" language string.
5401 * @param string $description Overridden by "gradepointmax_help" language string.
5402 * @param string $defaultsetting Not used, overridden by 100.
5403 * @param mixed $paramtype Overridden by PARAM_INT.
5404 * @param int $size Overridden by 5.
5406 public function __construct($name = '', $visiblename = '', $description = '', $defaultsetting = '', $paramtype = PARAM_INT, $size = 5) {
5407 $name = 'gradepointmax';
5408 $visiblename = get_string('gradepointmax', 'grades');
5409 $description = get_string('gradepointmax_help', 'grades');
5410 $defaultsetting = 100;
5411 $paramtype = PARAM_INT;
5412 $size = 5;
5413 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype, $size);
5417 * Save the selected setting
5419 * @param string $data The selected site
5420 * @return string empty string or error message
5422 public function write_setting($data) {
5423 if ($data === '') {
5424 $data = (int)$this->defaultsetting;
5425 } else {
5426 $data = $data;
5428 return parent::write_setting($data);
5432 * Validate data before storage
5433 * @param string $data The submitted data
5434 * @return bool|string true if ok, string if error found
5436 public function validate($data) {
5437 if (((string)(int)$data === (string)$data && $data > 0 && $data <= 10000)) {
5438 return true;
5439 } else {
5440 return get_string('gradepointmax_validateerror', 'grades');
5445 * Return an XHTML string for the setting
5446 * @param array $data Associative array of value=>xx, forced=>xx, adv=>xx
5447 * @param string $query search query to be highlighted
5448 * @return string XHTML to display control
5450 public function output_html($data, $query = '') {
5451 global $OUTPUT;
5453 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
5454 $context = (object) [
5455 'size' => $this->size,
5456 'id' => $this->get_id(),
5457 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
5458 'value' => $data,
5459 'attributes' => [
5460 'maxlength' => 5
5462 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr()
5464 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configtext', $context);
5466 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, true, '', $default, $query);
5472 * Grade category settings
5474 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5476 class admin_setting_gradecat_combo extends admin_setting {
5477 /** @var array Array of choices */
5478 public $choices;
5481 * Sets choices and calls parent::__construct with passed arguments
5482 * @param string $name
5483 * @param string $visiblename
5484 * @param string $description
5485 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array depending on implementation
5486 * @param array $choices An array of choices for the control
5488 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
5489 $this->choices = $choices;
5490 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
5494 * Return the current setting(s) array
5496 * @return array Array of value=>xx, forced=>xx, adv=>xx
5498 public function get_setting() {
5499 global $CFG;
5501 $value = $this->config_read($this->name);
5502 $flag = $this->config_read($this->name.'_flag');
5504 if (is_null($value) or is_null($flag)) {
5505 return NULL;
5508 $flag = (int)$flag;
5509 $forced = (boolean)(1 & $flag); // first bit
5510 $adv = (boolean)(2 & $flag); // second bit
5512 return array('value' => $value, 'forced' => $forced, 'adv' => $adv);
5516 * Save the new settings passed in $data
5518 * @todo Add vartype handling to ensure $data is array
5519 * @param array $data Associative array of value=>xx, forced=>xx, adv=>xx
5520 * @return string empty or error message
5522 public function write_setting($data) {
5523 global $CFG;
5525 $value = $data['value'];
5526 $forced = empty($data['forced']) ? 0 : 1;
5527 $adv = empty($data['adv']) ? 0 : 2;
5528 $flag = ($forced | $adv); //bitwise or
5530 if (!in_array($value, array_keys($this->choices))) {
5531 return 'Error setting ';
5534 $oldvalue = $this->config_read($this->name);
5535 $oldflag = (int)$this->config_read($this->name.'_flag');
5536 $oldforced = (1 & $oldflag); // first bit
5538 $result1 = $this->config_write($this->name, $value);
5539 $result2 = $this->config_write($this->name.'_flag', $flag);
5541 // force regrade if needed
5542 if ($oldforced != $forced or ($forced and $value != $oldvalue)) {
5543 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php');
5544 grade_category::updated_forced_settings();
5547 if ($result1 and $result2) {
5548 return '';
5549 } else {
5550 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
5555 * Return XHTML to display the field and wrapping div
5557 * @todo Add vartype handling to ensure $data is array
5558 * @param array $data Associative array of value=>xx, forced=>xx, adv=>xx
5559 * @param string $query
5560 * @return string XHTML to display control
5562 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
5563 global $OUTPUT;
5565 $value = $data['value'];
5567 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
5568 if (!is_null($default)) {
5569 $defaultinfo = array();
5570 if (isset($this->choices[$default['value']])) {
5571 $defaultinfo[] = $this->choices[$default['value']];
5573 if (!empty($default['forced'])) {
5574 $defaultinfo[] = get_string('force');
5576 if (!empty($default['adv'])) {
5577 $defaultinfo[] = get_string('advanced');
5579 $defaultinfo = implode(', ', $defaultinfo);
5581 } else {
5582 $defaultinfo = NULL;
5585 $options = $this->choices;
5586 $context = (object) [
5587 'id' => $this->get_id(),
5588 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
5589 'forced' => !empty($data['forced']),
5590 'advanced' => !empty($data['adv']),
5591 'options' => array_map(function($option) use ($options, $value) {
5592 return [
5593 'value' => $option,
5594 'name' => $options[$option],
5595 'selected' => $option == $value
5597 }, array_keys($options)),
5600 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_gradecat_combo', $context);
5602 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, true, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
5608 * Selection of grade report in user profiles
5610 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5612 class admin_setting_grade_profilereport extends admin_setting_configselect {
5614 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5616 public function __construct() {
5617 parent::__construct('grade_profilereport', get_string('profilereport', 'grades'), get_string('profilereport_help', 'grades'), 'user', null);
5621 * Loads an array of choices for the configselect control
5623 * @return bool always return true
5625 public function load_choices() {
5626 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
5627 return true;
5629 $this->choices = array();
5631 global $CFG;
5632 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php');
5634 foreach (core_component::get_plugin_list('gradereport') as $plugin => $plugindir) {
5635 if (file_exists($plugindir.'/lib.php')) {
5636 require_once($plugindir.'/lib.php');
5637 $functionname = 'grade_report_'.$plugin.'_profilereport';
5638 if (function_exists($functionname)) {
5639 $this->choices[$plugin] = get_string('pluginname', 'gradereport_'.$plugin);
5643 return true;
5648 * Provides a selection of grade reports to be used for "grades".
5650 * @copyright 2015 Adrian Greeve <adrian@moodle.com>
5651 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5653 class admin_setting_my_grades_report extends admin_setting_configselect {
5656 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments.
5658 public function __construct() {
5659 parent::__construct('grade_mygrades_report', new lang_string('mygrades', 'grades'),
5660 new lang_string('mygrades_desc', 'grades'), 'overview', null);
5664 * Loads an array of choices for the configselect control.
5666 * @return bool always returns true.
5668 public function load_choices() {
5669 global $CFG; // Remove this line and behold the horror of behat test failures!
5670 $this->choices = array();
5671 foreach (core_component::get_plugin_list('gradereport') as $plugin => $plugindir) {
5672 if (file_exists($plugindir . '/lib.php')) {
5673 require_once($plugindir . '/lib.php');
5674 // Check to see if the class exists. Check the correct plugin convention first.
5675 if (class_exists('gradereport_' . $plugin)) {
5676 $classname = 'gradereport_' . $plugin;
5677 } else if (class_exists('grade_report_' . $plugin)) {
5678 // We are using the old plugin naming convention.
5679 $classname = 'grade_report_' . $plugin;
5680 } else {
5681 continue;
5683 if ($classname::supports_mygrades()) {
5684 $this->choices[$plugin] = get_string('pluginname', 'gradereport_' . $plugin);
5688 // Add an option to specify an external url.
5689 $this->choices['external'] = get_string('externalurl', 'grades');
5690 return true;
5695 * Special class for register auth selection
5697 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5699 class admin_setting_special_registerauth extends admin_setting_configselect {
5701 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5703 public function __construct() {
5704 parent::__construct('registerauth', get_string('selfregistration', 'auth'), get_string('selfregistration_help', 'auth'), '', null);
5708 * Returns the default option
5710 * @return string empty or default option
5712 public function get_defaultsetting() {
5713 $this->load_choices();
5714 $defaultsetting = parent::get_defaultsetting();
5715 if (array_key_exists($defaultsetting, $this->choices)) {
5716 return $defaultsetting;
5717 } else {
5718 return '';
5723 * Loads the possible choices for the array
5725 * @return bool always returns true
5727 public function load_choices() {
5728 global $CFG;
5730 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
5731 return true;
5733 $this->choices = array();
5734 $this->choices[''] = get_string('disable');
5736 $authsenabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins(true);
5738 foreach ($authsenabled as $auth) {
5739 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
5740 if (!$authplugin->can_signup()) {
5741 continue;
5743 // Get the auth title (from core or own auth lang files)
5744 $authtitle = $authplugin->get_title();
5745 $this->choices[$auth] = $authtitle;
5747 return true;
5753 * General plugins manager
5755 class admin_page_pluginsoverview extends admin_externalpage {
5758 * Sets basic information about the external page
5760 public function __construct() {
5761 global $CFG;
5762 parent::__construct('pluginsoverview', get_string('pluginsoverview', 'core_admin'),
5763 "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/plugins.php");
5768 * Module manage page
5770 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5772 class admin_page_managemods extends admin_externalpage {
5774 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5776 public function __construct() {
5777 global $CFG;
5778 parent::__construct('managemodules', get_string('modsettings', 'admin'), "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/modules.php");
5782 * Try to find the specified module
5784 * @param string $query The module to search for
5785 * @return array
5787 public function search($query) {
5788 global $CFG, $DB;
5789 if ($result = parent::search($query)) {
5790 return $result;
5793 $found = false;
5794 if ($modules = $DB->get_records('modules')) {
5795 foreach ($modules as $module) {
5796 if (!file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$module->name/lib.php")) {
5797 continue;
5799 if (strpos($module->name, $query) !== false) {
5800 $found = true;
5801 break;
5803 $strmodulename = get_string('modulename', $module->name);
5804 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($strmodulename), $query) !== false) {
5805 $found = true;
5806 break;
5810 if ($found) {
5811 $result = new stdClass();
5812 $result->page = $this;
5813 $result->settings = array();
5814 return array($this->name => $result);
5815 } else {
5816 return array();
5823 * Special class for enrol plugins management.
5825 * @copyright 2010 Petr Skoda {@link http://skodak.org}
5826 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5828 class admin_setting_manageenrols extends admin_setting {
5830 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5832 public function __construct() {
5833 $this->nosave = true;
5834 parent::__construct('enrolsui', get_string('manageenrols', 'enrol'), '', '');
5838 * Always returns true, does nothing
5840 * @return true
5842 public function get_setting() {
5843 return true;
5847 * Always returns true, does nothing
5849 * @return true
5851 public function get_defaultsetting() {
5852 return true;
5856 * Always returns '', does not write anything
5858 * @return string Always returns ''
5860 public function write_setting($data) {
5861 // do not write any setting
5862 return '';
5866 * Checks if $query is one of the available enrol plugins
5868 * @param string $query The string to search for
5869 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
5871 public function is_related($query) {
5872 if (parent::is_related($query)) {
5873 return true;
5876 $query = core_text::strtolower($query);
5877 $enrols = enrol_get_plugins(false);
5878 foreach ($enrols as $name=>$enrol) {
5879 $localised = get_string('pluginname', 'enrol_'.$name);
5880 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($name), $query) !== false) {
5881 return true;
5883 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($localised), $query) !== false) {
5884 return true;
5887 return false;
5891 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
5893 * @param string $data Unused
5894 * @param string $query
5895 * @return string
5897 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
5898 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $DB, $PAGE;
5900 // Display strings.
5901 $strup = get_string('up');
5902 $strdown = get_string('down');
5903 $strsettings = get_string('settings');
5904 $strenable = get_string('enable');
5905 $strdisable = get_string('disable');
5906 $struninstall = get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
5907 $strusage = get_string('enrolusage', 'enrol');
5908 $strversion = get_string('version');
5909 $strtest = get_string('testsettings', 'core_enrol');
5911 $pluginmanager = core_plugin_manager::instance();
5913 $enrols_available = enrol_get_plugins(false);
5914 $active_enrols = enrol_get_plugins(true);
5916 $allenrols = array();
5917 foreach ($active_enrols as $key=>$enrol) {
5918 $allenrols[$key] = true;
5920 foreach ($enrols_available as $key=>$enrol) {
5921 $allenrols[$key] = true;
5923 // Now find all borked plugins and at least allow then to uninstall.
5924 $condidates = $DB->get_fieldset_sql("SELECT DISTINCT enrol FROM {enrol}");
5925 foreach ($condidates as $candidate) {
5926 if (empty($allenrols[$candidate])) {
5927 $allenrols[$candidate] = true;
5931 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('actenrolshhdr', 'enrol'), 3, 'main', true);
5932 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox enrolsui');
5934 $table = new html_table();
5935 $table->head = array(get_string('name'), $strusage, $strversion, $strenable, $strup.'/'.$strdown, $strsettings, $strtest, $struninstall);
5936 $table->colclasses = array('leftalign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
5937 $table->id = 'courseenrolmentplugins';
5938 $table->attributes['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
5939 $table->data = array();
5941 // Iterate through enrol plugins and add to the display table.
5942 $updowncount = 1;
5943 $enrolcount = count($active_enrols);
5944 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/enrol.php', array('sesskey'=>sesskey()));
5945 $printed = array();
5946 foreach($allenrols as $enrol => $unused) {
5947 $plugininfo = $pluginmanager->get_plugin_info('enrol_'.$enrol);
5948 $version = get_config('enrol_'.$enrol, 'version');
5949 if ($version === false) {
5950 $version = '';
5953 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists('pluginname', 'enrol_'.$enrol)) {
5954 $name = get_string('pluginname', 'enrol_'.$enrol);
5955 } else {
5956 $name = $enrol;
5958 // Usage.
5959 $ci = $DB->count_records('enrol', array('enrol'=>$enrol));
5960 $cp = $DB->count_records_select('user_enrolments', "enrolid IN (SELECT id FROM {enrol} WHERE enrol = ?)", array($enrol));
5961 $usage = "$ci / $cp";
5963 // Hide/show links.
5964 $class = '';
5965 if (isset($active_enrols[$enrol])) {
5966 $aurl = new moodle_url($url, array('action'=>'disable', 'enrol'=>$enrol));
5967 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$aurl\">";
5968 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $strdisable) . '</a>';
5969 $enabled = true;
5970 $displayname = $name;
5971 } else if (isset($enrols_available[$enrol])) {
5972 $aurl = new moodle_url($url, array('action'=>'enable', 'enrol'=>$enrol));
5973 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$aurl\">";
5974 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $strenable) . '</a>';
5975 $enabled = false;
5976 $displayname = $name;
5977 $class = 'dimmed_text';
5978 } else {
5979 $hideshow = '';
5980 $enabled = false;
5981 $displayname = '<span class="notifyproblem">'.$name.'</span>';
5983 if ($PAGE->theme->resolve_image_location('icon', 'enrol_' . $name, false)) {
5984 $icon = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('icon', '', 'enrol_' . $name, array('class' => 'icon pluginicon'));
5985 } else {
5986 $icon = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'icon pluginicon noicon'));
5989 // Up/down link (only if enrol is enabled).
5990 $updown = '';
5991 if ($enabled) {
5992 if ($updowncount > 1) {
5993 $aurl = new moodle_url($url, array('action'=>'up', 'enrol'=>$enrol));
5994 $updown .= "<a href=\"$aurl\">";
5995 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', $strup) . '</a>&nbsp;';
5996 } else {
5997 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . '&nbsp;';
5999 if ($updowncount < $enrolcount) {
6000 $aurl = new moodle_url($url, array('action'=>'down', 'enrol'=>$enrol));
6001 $updown .= "<a href=\"$aurl\">";
6002 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', $strdown) . '</a>&nbsp;';
6003 } else {
6004 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . '&nbsp;';
6006 ++$updowncount;
6009 // Add settings link.
6010 if (!$version) {
6011 $settings = '';
6012 } else if ($surl = $plugininfo->get_settings_url()) {
6013 $settings = html_writer::link($surl, $strsettings);
6014 } else {
6015 $settings = '';
6018 // Add uninstall info.
6019 $uninstall = '';
6020 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager::instance()->get_uninstall_url('enrol_'.$enrol, 'manage')) {
6021 $uninstall = html_writer::link($uninstallurl, $struninstall);
6024 $test = '';
6025 if (!empty($enrols_available[$enrol]) and method_exists($enrols_available[$enrol], 'test_settings')) {
6026 $testsettingsurl = new moodle_url('/enrol/test_settings.php', array('enrol'=>$enrol, 'sesskey'=>sesskey()));
6027 $test = html_writer::link($testsettingsurl, $strtest);
6030 // Add a row to the table.
6031 $row = new html_table_row(array($icon.$displayname, $usage, $version, $hideshow, $updown, $settings, $test, $uninstall));
6032 if ($class) {
6033 $row->attributes['class'] = $class;
6035 $table->data[] = $row;
6037 $printed[$enrol] = true;
6040 $return .= html_writer::table($table);
6041 $return .= get_string('configenrolplugins', 'enrol').'<br />'.get_string('tablenosave', 'admin');
6042 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
6043 return highlight($query, $return);
6049 * Blocks manage page
6051 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6053 class admin_page_manageblocks extends admin_externalpage {
6055 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6057 public function __construct() {
6058 global $CFG;
6059 parent::__construct('manageblocks', get_string('blocksettings', 'admin'), "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/blocks.php");
6063 * Search for a specific block
6065 * @param string $query The string to search for
6066 * @return array
6068 public function search($query) {
6069 global $CFG, $DB;
6070 if ($result = parent::search($query)) {
6071 return $result;
6074 $found = false;
6075 if ($blocks = $DB->get_records('block')) {
6076 foreach ($blocks as $block) {
6077 if (!file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/blocks/$block->name/")) {
6078 continue;
6080 if (strpos($block->name, $query) !== false) {
6081 $found = true;
6082 break;
6084 $strblockname = get_string('pluginname', 'block_'.$block->name);
6085 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($strblockname), $query) !== false) {
6086 $found = true;
6087 break;
6091 if ($found) {
6092 $result = new stdClass();
6093 $result->page = $this;
6094 $result->settings = array();
6095 return array($this->name => $result);
6096 } else {
6097 return array();
6103 * Message outputs configuration
6105 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6107 class admin_page_managemessageoutputs extends admin_externalpage {
6109 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6111 public function __construct() {
6112 global $CFG;
6113 parent::__construct('managemessageoutputs', get_string('managemessageoutputs', 'message'), new moodle_url('/admin/message.php'));
6117 * Search for a specific message processor
6119 * @param string $query The string to search for
6120 * @return array
6122 public function search($query) {
6123 global $CFG, $DB;
6124 if ($result = parent::search($query)) {
6125 return $result;
6128 $found = false;
6129 if ($processors = get_message_processors()) {
6130 foreach ($processors as $processor) {
6131 if (!$processor->available) {
6132 continue;
6134 if (strpos($processor->name, $query) !== false) {
6135 $found = true;
6136 break;
6138 $strprocessorname = get_string('pluginname', 'message_'.$processor->name);
6139 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($strprocessorname), $query) !== false) {
6140 $found = true;
6141 break;
6145 if ($found) {
6146 $result = new stdClass();
6147 $result->page = $this;
6148 $result->settings = array();
6149 return array($this->name => $result);
6150 } else {
6151 return array();
6157 * Default message outputs configuration
6159 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6161 class admin_page_defaultmessageoutputs extends admin_page_managemessageoutputs {
6163 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6165 public function __construct() {
6166 global $CFG;
6167 admin_externalpage::__construct('defaultmessageoutputs', get_string('defaultmessageoutputs', 'message'), new moodle_url('/message/defaultoutputs.php'));
6173 * Manage question behaviours page
6175 * @copyright 2011 The Open University
6176 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6178 class admin_page_manageqbehaviours extends admin_externalpage {
6180 * Constructor
6182 public function __construct() {
6183 global $CFG;
6184 parent::__construct('manageqbehaviours', get_string('manageqbehaviours', 'admin'),
6185 new moodle_url('/admin/qbehaviours.php'));
6189 * Search question behaviours for the specified string
6191 * @param string $query The string to search for in question behaviours
6192 * @return array
6194 public function search($query) {
6195 global $CFG;
6196 if ($result = parent::search($query)) {
6197 return $result;
6200 $found = false;
6201 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/question/engine/lib.php');
6202 foreach (core_component::get_plugin_list('qbehaviour') as $behaviour => $notused) {
6203 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower(question_engine::get_behaviour_name($behaviour)),
6204 $query) !== false) {
6205 $found = true;
6206 break;
6209 if ($found) {
6210 $result = new stdClass();
6211 $result->page = $this;
6212 $result->settings = array();
6213 return array($this->name => $result);
6214 } else {
6215 return array();
6222 * Question type manage page
6224 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6226 class admin_page_manageqtypes extends admin_externalpage {
6228 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6230 public function __construct() {
6231 global $CFG;
6232 parent::__construct('manageqtypes', get_string('manageqtypes', 'admin'),
6233 new moodle_url('/admin/qtypes.php'));
6237 * Search question types for the specified string
6239 * @param string $query The string to search for in question types
6240 * @return array
6242 public function search($query) {
6243 global $CFG;
6244 if ($result = parent::search($query)) {
6245 return $result;
6248 $found = false;
6249 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/question/engine/bank.php');
6250 foreach (question_bank::get_all_qtypes() as $qtype) {
6251 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($qtype->local_name()), $query) !== false) {
6252 $found = true;
6253 break;
6256 if ($found) {
6257 $result = new stdClass();
6258 $result->page = $this;
6259 $result->settings = array();
6260 return array($this->name => $result);
6261 } else {
6262 return array();
6268 class admin_page_manageportfolios extends admin_externalpage {
6270 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6272 public function __construct() {
6273 global $CFG;
6274 parent::__construct('manageportfolios', get_string('manageportfolios', 'portfolio'),
6275 "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/portfolio.php");
6279 * Searches page for the specified string.
6280 * @param string $query The string to search for
6281 * @return bool True if it is found on this page
6283 public function search($query) {
6284 global $CFG;
6285 if ($result = parent::search($query)) {
6286 return $result;
6289 $found = false;
6290 $portfolios = core_component::get_plugin_list('portfolio');
6291 foreach ($portfolios as $p => $dir) {
6292 if (strpos($p, $query) !== false) {
6293 $found = true;
6294 break;
6297 if (!$found) {
6298 foreach (portfolio_instances(false, false) as $instance) {
6299 $title = $instance->get('name');
6300 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($title), $query) !== false) {
6301 $found = true;
6302 break;
6307 if ($found) {
6308 $result = new stdClass();
6309 $result->page = $this;
6310 $result->settings = array();
6311 return array($this->name => $result);
6312 } else {
6313 return array();
6319 class admin_page_managerepositories extends admin_externalpage {
6321 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6323 public function __construct() {
6324 global $CFG;
6325 parent::__construct('managerepositories', get_string('manage',
6326 'repository'), "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/repository.php");
6330 * Searches page for the specified string.
6331 * @param string $query The string to search for
6332 * @return bool True if it is found on this page
6334 public function search($query) {
6335 global $CFG;
6336 if ($result = parent::search($query)) {
6337 return $result;
6340 $found = false;
6341 $repositories= core_component::get_plugin_list('repository');
6342 foreach ($repositories as $p => $dir) {
6343 if (strpos($p, $query) !== false) {
6344 $found = true;
6345 break;
6348 if (!$found) {
6349 foreach (repository::get_types() as $instance) {
6350 $title = $instance->get_typename();
6351 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($title), $query) !== false) {
6352 $found = true;
6353 break;
6358 if ($found) {
6359 $result = new stdClass();
6360 $result->page = $this;
6361 $result->settings = array();
6362 return array($this->name => $result);
6363 } else {
6364 return array();
6371 * Special class for authentication administration.
6373 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6375 class admin_setting_manageauths extends admin_setting {
6377 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6379 public function __construct() {
6380 $this->nosave = true;
6381 parent::__construct('authsui', get_string('authsettings', 'admin'), '', '');
6385 * Always returns true
6387 * @return true
6389 public function get_setting() {
6390 return true;
6394 * Always returns true
6396 * @return true
6398 public function get_defaultsetting() {
6399 return true;
6403 * Always returns '' and doesn't write anything
6405 * @return string Always returns ''
6407 public function write_setting($data) {
6408 // do not write any setting
6409 return '';
6413 * Search to find if Query is related to auth plugin
6415 * @param string $query The string to search for
6416 * @return bool true for related false for not
6418 public function is_related($query) {
6419 if (parent::is_related($query)) {
6420 return true;
6423 $authsavailable = core_component::get_plugin_list('auth');
6424 foreach ($authsavailable as $auth => $dir) {
6425 if (strpos($auth, $query) !== false) {
6426 return true;
6428 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
6429 $authtitle = $authplugin->get_title();
6430 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($authtitle), $query) !== false) {
6431 return true;
6434 return false;
6438 * Return XHTML to display control
6440 * @param mixed $data Unused
6441 * @param string $query
6442 * @return string highlight
6444 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
6445 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $DB;
6447 // display strings
6448 $txt = get_strings(array('authenticationplugins', 'users', 'administration',
6449 'settings', 'edit', 'name', 'enable', 'disable',
6450 'up', 'down', 'none', 'users'));
6451 $txt->updown = "$txt->up/$txt->down";
6452 $txt->uninstall = get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
6453 $txt->testsettings = get_string('testsettings', 'core_auth');
6455 $authsavailable = core_component::get_plugin_list('auth');
6456 get_enabled_auth_plugins(true); // fix the list of enabled auths
6457 if (empty($CFG->auth)) {
6458 $authsenabled = array();
6459 } else {
6460 $authsenabled = explode(',', $CFG->auth);
6463 // construct the display array, with enabled auth plugins at the top, in order
6464 $displayauths = array();
6465 $registrationauths = array();
6466 $registrationauths[''] = $txt->disable;
6467 $authplugins = array();
6468 foreach ($authsenabled as $auth) {
6469 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
6470 $authplugins[$auth] = $authplugin;
6471 /// Get the auth title (from core or own auth lang files)
6472 $authtitle = $authplugin->get_title();
6473 /// Apply titles
6474 $displayauths[$auth] = $authtitle;
6475 if ($authplugin->can_signup()) {
6476 $registrationauths[$auth] = $authtitle;
6480 foreach ($authsavailable as $auth => $dir) {
6481 if (array_key_exists($auth, $displayauths)) {
6482 continue; //already in the list
6484 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
6485 $authplugins[$auth] = $authplugin;
6486 /// Get the auth title (from core or own auth lang files)
6487 $authtitle = $authplugin->get_title();
6488 /// Apply titles
6489 $displayauths[$auth] = $authtitle;
6490 if ($authplugin->can_signup()) {
6491 $registrationauths[$auth] = $authtitle;
6495 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('actauthhdr', 'auth'), 3, 'main');
6496 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox authsui');
6498 $table = new html_table();
6499 $table->head = array($txt->name, $txt->users, $txt->enable, $txt->updown, $txt->settings, $txt->testsettings, $txt->uninstall);
6500 $table->colclasses = array('leftalign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
6501 $table->data = array();
6502 $table->attributes['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
6503 $table->id = 'manageauthtable';
6505 //add always enabled plugins first
6506 $displayname = $displayauths['manual'];
6507 $settings = "<a href=\"settings.php?section=authsettingmanual\">{$txt->settings}</a>";
6508 $usercount = $DB->count_records('user', array('auth'=>'manual', 'deleted'=>0));
6509 $table->data[] = array($displayname, $usercount, '', '', $settings, '', '');
6510 $displayname = $displayauths['nologin'];
6511 $usercount = $DB->count_records('user', array('auth'=>'nologin', 'deleted'=>0));
6512 $table->data[] = array($displayname, $usercount, '', '', '', '', '');
6515 // iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table
6516 $updowncount = 1;
6517 $authcount = count($authsenabled);
6518 $url = "auth.php?sesskey=" . sesskey();
6519 foreach ($displayauths as $auth => $name) {
6520 if ($auth == 'manual' or $auth == 'nologin') {
6521 continue;
6523 $class = '';
6524 // hide/show link
6525 if (in_array($auth, $authsenabled)) {
6526 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&amp;action=disable&amp;auth=$auth\">";
6527 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', get_string('disable')) . '</a>';
6528 $enabled = true;
6529 $displayname = $name;
6531 else {
6532 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&amp;action=enable&amp;auth=$auth\">";
6533 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', get_string('enable')) . '</a>';
6534 $enabled = false;
6535 $displayname = $name;
6536 $class = 'dimmed_text';
6539 $usercount = $DB->count_records('user', array('auth'=>$auth, 'deleted'=>0));
6541 // up/down link (only if auth is enabled)
6542 $updown = '';
6543 if ($enabled) {
6544 if ($updowncount > 1) {
6545 $updown .= "<a href=\"$url&amp;action=up&amp;auth=$auth\">";
6546 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', get_string('moveup')) . '</a>&nbsp;';
6548 else {
6549 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . '&nbsp;';
6551 if ($updowncount < $authcount) {
6552 $updown .= "<a href=\"$url&amp;action=down&amp;auth=$auth\">";
6553 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', get_string('movedown')) . '</a>&nbsp;';
6555 else {
6556 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . '&nbsp;';
6558 ++ $updowncount;
6561 // settings link
6562 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot.'/auth/'.$auth.'/settings.php')) {
6563 $settings = "<a href=\"settings.php?section=authsetting$auth\">{$txt->settings}</a>";
6564 } else if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot.'/auth/'.$auth.'/config.html')) {
6565 $settings = "<a href=\"auth_config.php?auth=$auth\">{$txt->settings}</a>";
6566 } else {
6567 $settings = '';
6570 // Uninstall link.
6571 $uninstall = '';
6572 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager::instance()->get_uninstall_url('auth_'.$auth, 'manage')) {
6573 $uninstall = html_writer::link($uninstallurl, $txt->uninstall);
6576 $test = '';
6577 if (!empty($authplugins[$auth]) and method_exists($authplugins[$auth], 'test_settings')) {
6578 $testurl = new moodle_url('/auth/test_settings.php', array('auth'=>$auth, 'sesskey'=>sesskey()));
6579 $test = html_writer::link($testurl, $txt->testsettings);
6582 // Add a row to the table.
6583 $row = new html_table_row(array($displayname, $usercount, $hideshow, $updown, $settings, $test, $uninstall));
6584 if ($class) {
6585 $row->attributes['class'] = $class;
6587 $table->data[] = $row;
6589 $return .= html_writer::table($table);
6590 $return .= get_string('configauthenticationplugins', 'admin').'<br />'.get_string('tablenosave', 'filters');
6591 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
6592 return highlight($query, $return);
6598 * Special class for authentication administration.
6600 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6602 class admin_setting_manageeditors extends admin_setting {
6604 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6606 public function __construct() {
6607 $this->nosave = true;
6608 parent::__construct('editorsui', get_string('editorsettings', 'editor'), '', '');
6612 * Always returns true, does nothing
6614 * @return true
6616 public function get_setting() {
6617 return true;
6621 * Always returns true, does nothing
6623 * @return true
6625 public function get_defaultsetting() {
6626 return true;
6630 * Always returns '', does not write anything
6632 * @return string Always returns ''
6634 public function write_setting($data) {
6635 // do not write any setting
6636 return '';
6640 * Checks if $query is one of the available editors
6642 * @param string $query The string to search for
6643 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
6645 public function is_related($query) {
6646 if (parent::is_related($query)) {
6647 return true;
6650 $editors_available = editors_get_available();
6651 foreach ($editors_available as $editor=>$editorstr) {
6652 if (strpos($editor, $query) !== false) {
6653 return true;
6655 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($editorstr), $query) !== false) {
6656 return true;
6659 return false;
6663 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
6665 * @param string $data Unused
6666 * @param string $query
6667 * @return string
6669 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
6670 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
6672 // display strings
6673 $txt = get_strings(array('administration', 'settings', 'edit', 'name', 'enable', 'disable',
6674 'up', 'down', 'none'));
6675 $struninstall = get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
6677 $txt->updown = "$txt->up/$txt->down";
6679 $editors_available = editors_get_available();
6680 $active_editors = explode(',', $CFG->texteditors);
6682 $active_editors = array_reverse($active_editors);
6683 foreach ($active_editors as $key=>$editor) {
6684 if (empty($editors_available[$editor])) {
6685 unset($active_editors[$key]);
6686 } else {
6687 $name = $editors_available[$editor];
6688 unset($editors_available[$editor]);
6689 $editors_available[$editor] = $name;
6692 if (empty($active_editors)) {
6693 //$active_editors = array('textarea');
6695 $editors_available = array_reverse($editors_available, true);
6696 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('acteditorshhdr', 'editor'), 3, 'main', true);
6697 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox editorsui');
6699 $table = new html_table();
6700 $table->head = array($txt->name, $txt->enable, $txt->updown, $txt->settings, $struninstall);
6701 $table->colclasses = array('leftalign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
6702 $table->id = 'editormanagement';
6703 $table->attributes['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
6704 $table->data = array();
6706 // iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table
6707 $updowncount = 1;
6708 $editorcount = count($active_editors);
6709 $url = "editors.php?sesskey=" . sesskey();
6710 foreach ($editors_available as $editor => $name) {
6711 // hide/show link
6712 $class = '';
6713 if (in_array($editor, $active_editors)) {
6714 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&amp;action=disable&amp;editor=$editor\">";
6715 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', get_string('disable')) . '</a>';
6716 $enabled = true;
6717 $displayname = $name;
6719 else {
6720 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&amp;action=enable&amp;editor=$editor\">";
6721 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', get_string('enable')) . '</a>';
6722 $enabled = false;
6723 $displayname = $name;
6724 $class = 'dimmed_text';
6727 // up/down link (only if auth is enabled)
6728 $updown = '';
6729 if ($enabled) {
6730 if ($updowncount > 1) {
6731 $updown .= "<a href=\"$url&amp;action=up&amp;editor=$editor\">";
6732 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', get_string('moveup')) . '</a>&nbsp;';
6734 else {
6735 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . '&nbsp;';
6737 if ($updowncount < $editorcount) {
6738 $updown .= "<a href=\"$url&amp;action=down&amp;editor=$editor\">";
6739 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', get_string('movedown')) . '</a>&nbsp;';
6741 else {
6742 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . '&nbsp;';
6744 ++ $updowncount;
6747 // settings link
6748 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot.'/lib/editor/'.$editor.'/settings.php')) {
6749 $eurl = new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php', array('section'=>'editorsettings'.$editor));
6750 $settings = "<a href='$eurl'>{$txt->settings}</a>";
6751 } else {
6752 $settings = '';
6755 $uninstall = '';
6756 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager::instance()->get_uninstall_url('editor_'.$editor, 'manage')) {
6757 $uninstall = html_writer::link($uninstallurl, $struninstall);
6760 // Add a row to the table.
6761 $row = new html_table_row(array($displayname, $hideshow, $updown, $settings, $uninstall));
6762 if ($class) {
6763 $row->attributes['class'] = $class;
6765 $table->data[] = $row;
6767 $return .= html_writer::table($table);
6768 $return .= get_string('configeditorplugins', 'editor').'<br />'.get_string('tablenosave', 'admin');
6769 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
6770 return highlight($query, $return);
6775 * Special class for antiviruses administration.
6777 * @copyright 2015 Ruslan Kabalin, Lancaster University.
6778 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6780 class admin_setting_manageantiviruses extends admin_setting {
6782 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6784 public function __construct() {
6785 $this->nosave = true;
6786 parent::__construct('antivirusesui', get_string('antivirussettings', 'antivirus'), '', '');
6790 * Always returns true, does nothing
6792 * @return true
6794 public function get_setting() {
6795 return true;
6799 * Always returns true, does nothing
6801 * @return true
6803 public function get_defaultsetting() {
6804 return true;
6808 * Always returns '', does not write anything
6810 * @param string $data Unused
6811 * @return string Always returns ''
6813 public function write_setting($data) {
6814 // Do not write any setting.
6815 return '';
6819 * Checks if $query is one of the available editors
6821 * @param string $query The string to search for
6822 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
6824 public function is_related($query) {
6825 if (parent::is_related($query)) {
6826 return true;
6829 $antivirusesavailable = \core\antivirus\manager::get_available();
6830 foreach ($antivirusesavailable as $antivirus => $antivirusstr) {
6831 if (strpos($antivirus, $query) !== false) {
6832 return true;
6834 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($antivirusstr), $query) !== false) {
6835 return true;
6838 return false;
6842 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
6844 * @param string $data Unused
6845 * @param string $query
6846 * @return string
6848 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
6849 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
6851 // Display strings.
6852 $txt = get_strings(array('administration', 'settings', 'edit', 'name', 'enable', 'disable',
6853 'up', 'down', 'none'));
6854 $struninstall = get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
6856 $txt->updown = "$txt->up/$txt->down";
6858 $antivirusesavailable = \core\antivirus\manager::get_available();
6859 $activeantiviruses = explode(',', $CFG->antiviruses);
6861 $activeantiviruses = array_reverse($activeantiviruses);
6862 foreach ($activeantiviruses as $key => $antivirus) {
6863 if (empty($antivirusesavailable[$antivirus])) {
6864 unset($activeantiviruses[$key]);
6865 } else {
6866 $name = $antivirusesavailable[$antivirus];
6867 unset($antivirusesavailable[$antivirus]);
6868 $antivirusesavailable[$antivirus] = $name;
6871 $antivirusesavailable = array_reverse($antivirusesavailable, true);
6872 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('actantivirushdr', 'antivirus'), 3, 'main', true);
6873 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox antivirusesui');
6875 $table = new html_table();
6876 $table->head = array($txt->name, $txt->enable, $txt->updown, $txt->settings, $struninstall);
6877 $table->colclasses = array('leftalign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
6878 $table->id = 'antivirusmanagement';
6879 $table->attributes['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
6880 $table->data = array();
6882 // Iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table.
6883 $updowncount = 1;
6884 $antiviruscount = count($activeantiviruses);
6885 $baseurl = new moodle_url('/admin/antiviruses.php', array('sesskey' => sesskey()));
6886 foreach ($antivirusesavailable as $antivirus => $name) {
6887 // Hide/show link.
6888 $class = '';
6889 if (in_array($antivirus, $activeantiviruses)) {
6890 $hideshowurl = $baseurl;
6891 $hideshowurl->params(array('action' => 'disable', 'antivirus' => $antivirus));
6892 $hideshowimg = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', get_string('disable'));
6893 $hideshow = html_writer::link($hideshowurl, $hideshowimg);
6894 $enabled = true;
6895 $displayname = $name;
6896 } else {
6897 $hideshowurl = $baseurl;
6898 $hideshowurl->params(array('action' => 'enable', 'antivirus' => $antivirus));
6899 $hideshowimg = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', get_string('enable'));
6900 $hideshow = html_writer::link($hideshowurl, $hideshowimg);
6901 $enabled = false;
6902 $displayname = $name;
6903 $class = 'dimmed_text';
6906 // Up/down link.
6907 $updown = '';
6908 if ($enabled) {
6909 if ($updowncount > 1) {
6910 $updownurl = $baseurl;
6911 $updownurl->params(array('action' => 'up', 'antivirus' => $antivirus));
6912 $updownimg = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', get_string('moveup'));
6913 $updown = html_writer::link($updownurl, $updownimg);
6914 } else {
6915 $updownimg = $OUTPUT->spacer();
6917 if ($updowncount < $antiviruscount) {
6918 $updownurl = $baseurl;
6919 $updownurl->params(array('action' => 'down', 'antivirus' => $antivirus));
6920 $updownimg = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', get_string('movedown'));
6921 $updown = html_writer::link($updownurl, $updownimg);
6922 } else {
6923 $updownimg = $OUTPUT->spacer();
6925 ++ $updowncount;
6928 // Settings link.
6929 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot.'/lib/antivirus/'.$antivirus.'/settings.php')) {
6930 $eurl = new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php', array('section' => 'antivirussettings'.$antivirus));
6931 $settings = html_writer::link($eurl, $txt->settings);
6932 } else {
6933 $settings = '';
6936 $uninstall = '';
6937 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager::instance()->get_uninstall_url('antivirus_'.$antivirus, 'manage')) {
6938 $uninstall = html_writer::link($uninstallurl, $struninstall);
6941 // Add a row to the table.
6942 $row = new html_table_row(array($displayname, $hideshow, $updown, $settings, $uninstall));
6943 if ($class) {
6944 $row->attributes['class'] = $class;
6946 $table->data[] = $row;
6948 $return .= html_writer::table($table);
6949 $return .= get_string('configantivirusplugins', 'antivirus') . html_writer::empty_tag('br') . get_string('tablenosave', 'admin');
6950 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
6951 return highlight($query, $return);
6956 * Special class for license administration.
6958 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6960 class admin_setting_managelicenses extends admin_setting {
6962 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6964 public function __construct() {
6965 $this->nosave = true;
6966 parent::__construct('licensesui', get_string('licensesettings', 'admin'), '', '');
6970 * Always returns true, does nothing
6972 * @return true
6974 public function get_setting() {
6975 return true;
6979 * Always returns true, does nothing
6981 * @return true
6983 public function get_defaultsetting() {
6984 return true;
6988 * Always returns '', does not write anything
6990 * @return string Always returns ''
6992 public function write_setting($data) {
6993 // do not write any setting
6994 return '';
6998 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
7000 * @param string $data Unused
7001 * @param string $query
7002 * @return string
7004 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
7005 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
7006 require_once($CFG->libdir . '/licenselib.php');
7007 $url = "licenses.php?sesskey=" . sesskey();
7009 // display strings
7010 $txt = get_strings(array('administration', 'settings', 'name', 'enable', 'disable', 'none'));
7011 $licenses = license_manager::get_licenses();
7013 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('availablelicenses', 'admin'), 3, 'main', true);
7015 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox editorsui');
7017 $table = new html_table();
7018 $table->head = array($txt->name, $txt->enable);
7019 $table->colclasses = array('leftalign', 'centeralign');
7020 $table->id = 'availablelicenses';
7021 $table->attributes['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
7022 $table->data = array();
7024 foreach ($licenses as $value) {
7025 $displayname = html_writer::link($value->source, get_string($value->shortname, 'license'), array('target'=>'_blank'));
7027 if ($value->enabled == 1) {
7028 $hideshow = html_writer::link($url.'&action=disable&license='.$value->shortname,
7029 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', get_string('disable')));
7030 } else {
7031 $hideshow = html_writer::link($url.'&action=enable&license='.$value->shortname,
7032 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', get_string('enable')));
7035 if ($value->shortname == $CFG->sitedefaultlicense) {
7036 $displayname .= ' '.$OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/locked', get_string('default'));
7037 $hideshow = '';
7040 $enabled = true;
7042 $table->data[] =array($displayname, $hideshow);
7044 $return .= html_writer::table($table);
7045 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
7046 return highlight($query, $return);
7051 * Course formats manager. Allows to enable/disable formats and jump to settings
7053 class admin_setting_manageformats extends admin_setting {
7056 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
7058 public function __construct() {
7059 $this->nosave = true;
7060 parent::__construct('formatsui', new lang_string('manageformats', 'core_admin'), '', '');
7064 * Always returns true
7066 * @return true
7068 public function get_setting() {
7069 return true;
7073 * Always returns true
7075 * @return true
7077 public function get_defaultsetting() {
7078 return true;
7082 * Always returns '' and doesn't write anything
7084 * @param mixed $data string or array, must not be NULL
7085 * @return string Always returns ''
7087 public function write_setting($data) {
7088 // do not write any setting
7089 return '';
7093 * Search to find if Query is related to format plugin
7095 * @param string $query The string to search for
7096 * @return bool true for related false for not
7098 public function is_related($query) {
7099 if (parent::is_related($query)) {
7100 return true;
7102 $formats = core_plugin_manager::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('format');
7103 foreach ($formats as $format) {
7104 if (strpos($format->component, $query) !== false ||
7105 strpos(core_text::strtolower($format->displayname), $query) !== false) {
7106 return true;
7109 return false;
7113 * Return XHTML to display control
7115 * @param mixed $data Unused
7116 * @param string $query
7117 * @return string highlight
7119 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
7120 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
7121 $return = '';
7122 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(new lang_string('courseformats'), 3, 'main');
7123 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox formatsui');
7125 $formats = core_plugin_manager::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('format');
7127 // display strings
7128 $txt = get_strings(array('settings', 'name', 'enable', 'disable', 'up', 'down', 'default'));
7129 $txt->uninstall = get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
7130 $txt->updown = "$txt->up/$txt->down";
7132 $table = new html_table();
7133 $table->head = array($txt->name, $txt->enable, $txt->updown, $txt->uninstall, $txt->settings);
7134 $table->align = array('left', 'center', 'center', 'center', 'center');
7135 $table->attributes['class'] = 'manageformattable generaltable admintable';
7136 $table->data = array();
7138 $cnt = 0;
7139 $defaultformat = get_config('moodlecourse', 'format');
7140 $spacer = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'));
7141 foreach ($formats as $format) {
7142 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/courseformats.php',
7143 array('sesskey' => sesskey(), 'format' => $format->name));
7144 $isdefault = '';
7145 $class = '';
7146 if ($format->is_enabled()) {
7147 $strformatname = $format->displayname;
7148 if ($defaultformat === $format->name) {
7149 $hideshow = $txt->default;
7150 } else {
7151 $hideshow = html_writer::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'disable')),
7152 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $txt->disable, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7154 } else {
7155 $strformatname = $format->displayname;
7156 $class = 'dimmed_text';
7157 $hideshow = html_writer::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'enable')),
7158 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $txt->enable, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7160 $updown = '';
7161 if ($cnt) {
7162 $updown .= html_writer::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'up')),
7163 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', $txt->up, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'))). '';
7164 } else {
7165 $updown .= $spacer;
7167 if ($cnt < count($formats) - 1) {
7168 $updown .= '&nbsp;'.html_writer::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'down')),
7169 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', $txt->down, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7170 } else {
7171 $updown .= $spacer;
7173 $cnt++;
7174 $settings = '';
7175 if ($format->get_settings_url()) {
7176 $settings = html_writer::link($format->get_settings_url(), $txt->settings);
7178 $uninstall = '';
7179 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager::instance()->get_uninstall_url('format_'.$format->name, 'manage')) {
7180 $uninstall = html_writer::link($uninstallurl, $txt->uninstall);
7182 $row = new html_table_row(array($strformatname, $hideshow, $updown, $uninstall, $settings));
7183 if ($class) {
7184 $row->attributes['class'] = $class;
7186 $table->data[] = $row;
7188 $return .= html_writer::table($table);
7189 $link = html_writer::link(new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php', array('section' => 'coursesettings')), new lang_string('coursesettings'));
7190 $return .= html_writer::tag('p', get_string('manageformatsgotosettings', 'admin', $link));
7191 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
7192 return highlight($query, $return);
7197 * Data formats manager. Allow reorder and to enable/disable data formats and jump to settings
7199 * @copyright 2016 Brendan Heywood (brendan@catalyst-au.net)
7200 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7202 class admin_setting_managedataformats extends admin_setting {
7205 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
7207 public function __construct() {
7208 $this->nosave = true;
7209 parent::__construct('managedataformats', new lang_string('managedataformats'), '', '');
7213 * Always returns true
7215 * @return true
7217 public function get_setting() {
7218 return true;
7222 * Always returns true
7224 * @return true
7226 public function get_defaultsetting() {
7227 return true;
7231 * Always returns '' and doesn't write anything
7233 * @param mixed $data string or array, must not be NULL
7234 * @return string Always returns ''
7236 public function write_setting($data) {
7237 // Do not write any setting.
7238 return '';
7242 * Search to find if Query is related to format plugin
7244 * @param string $query The string to search for
7245 * @return bool true for related false for not
7247 public function is_related($query) {
7248 if (parent::is_related($query)) {
7249 return true;
7251 $formats = core_plugin_manager::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('dataformat');
7252 foreach ($formats as $format) {
7253 if (strpos($format->component, $query) !== false ||
7254 strpos(core_text::strtolower($format->displayname), $query) !== false) {
7255 return true;
7258 return false;
7262 * Return XHTML to display control
7264 * @param mixed $data Unused
7265 * @param string $query
7266 * @return string highlight
7268 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
7269 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
7270 $return = '';
7272 $formats = core_plugin_manager::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('dataformat');
7274 $txt = get_strings(array('settings', 'name', 'enable', 'disable', 'up', 'down', 'default'));
7275 $txt->uninstall = get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
7276 $txt->updown = "$txt->up/$txt->down";
7278 $table = new html_table();
7279 $table->head = array($txt->name, $txt->enable, $txt->updown, $txt->uninstall, $txt->settings);
7280 $table->align = array('left', 'center', 'center', 'center', 'center');
7281 $table->attributes['class'] = 'manageformattable generaltable admintable';
7282 $table->data = array();
7284 $cnt = 0;
7285 $spacer = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'));
7286 $totalenabled = 0;
7287 foreach ($formats as $format) {
7288 if ($format->is_enabled() && $format->is_installed_and_upgraded()) {
7289 $totalenabled++;
7292 foreach ($formats as $format) {
7293 $status = $format->get_status();
7294 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/dataformats.php',
7295 array('sesskey' => sesskey(), 'name' => $format->name));
7297 $class = '';
7298 if ($format->is_enabled()) {
7299 $strformatname = $format->displayname;
7300 if ($totalenabled == 1&& $format->is_enabled()) {
7301 $hideshow = '';
7302 } else {
7303 $hideshow = html_writer::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'disable')),
7304 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $txt->disable, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7306 } else {
7307 $class = 'dimmed_text';
7308 $strformatname = $format->displayname;
7309 $hideshow = html_writer::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'enable')),
7310 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $txt->enable, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7313 $updown = '';
7314 if ($cnt) {
7315 $updown .= html_writer::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'up')),
7316 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', $txt->up, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'))). '';
7317 } else {
7318 $updown .= $spacer;
7320 if ($cnt < count($formats) - 1) {
7321 $updown .= '&nbsp;'.html_writer::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'down')),
7322 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', $txt->down, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7323 } else {
7324 $updown .= $spacer;
7327 $uninstall = '';
7328 if ($status === core_plugin_manager::PLUGIN_STATUS_MISSING) {
7329 $uninstall = get_string('status_missing', 'core_plugin');
7330 } else if ($status === core_plugin_manager::PLUGIN_STATUS_NEW) {
7331 $uninstall = get_string('status_new', 'core_plugin');
7332 } else if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager::instance()->get_uninstall_url('dataformat_'.$format->name, 'manage')) {
7333 if ($totalenabled != 1 || !$format->is_enabled()) {
7334 $uninstall = html_writer::link($uninstallurl, $txt->uninstall);
7338 $settings = '';
7339 if ($format->get_settings_url()) {
7340 $settings = html_writer::link($format->get_settings_url(), $txt->settings);
7343 $row = new html_table_row(array($strformatname, $hideshow, $updown, $uninstall, $settings));
7344 if ($class) {
7345 $row->attributes['class'] = $class;
7347 $table->data[] = $row;
7348 $cnt++;
7350 $return .= html_writer::table($table);
7351 return highlight($query, $return);
7356 * Special class for filter administration.
7358 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7360 class admin_page_managefilters extends admin_externalpage {
7362 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
7364 public function __construct() {
7365 global $CFG;
7366 parent::__construct('managefilters', get_string('filtersettings', 'admin'), "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/filters.php");
7370 * Searches all installed filters for specified filter
7372 * @param string $query The filter(string) to search for
7373 * @param string $query
7375 public function search($query) {
7376 global $CFG;
7377 if ($result = parent::search($query)) {
7378 return $result;
7381 $found = false;
7382 $filternames = filter_get_all_installed();
7383 foreach ($filternames as $path => $strfiltername) {
7384 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($strfiltername), $query) !== false) {
7385 $found = true;
7386 break;
7388 if (strpos($path, $query) !== false) {
7389 $found = true;
7390 break;
7394 if ($found) {
7395 $result = new stdClass;
7396 $result->page = $this;
7397 $result->settings = array();
7398 return array($this->name => $result);
7399 } else {
7400 return array();
7406 * Generic class for managing plugins in a table that allows re-ordering and enable/disable of each plugin.
7407 * Requires a get_rank method on the plugininfo class for sorting.
7409 * @copyright 2017 Damyon Wiese
7410 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7412 abstract class admin_setting_manage_plugins extends admin_setting {
7415 * Get the admin settings section name (just a unique string)
7417 * @return string
7419 public function get_section_name() {
7420 return 'manage' . $this->get_plugin_type() . 'plugins';
7424 * Get the admin settings section title (use get_string).
7426 * @return string
7428 abstract public function get_section_title();
7431 * Get the type of plugin to manage.
7433 * @return string
7435 abstract public function get_plugin_type();
7438 * Get the name of the second column.
7440 * @return string
7442 public function get_info_column_name() {
7443 return '';
7447 * Get the type of plugin to manage.
7449 * @param plugininfo The plugin info class.
7450 * @return string
7452 abstract public function get_info_column($plugininfo);
7455 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
7457 public function __construct() {
7458 $this->nosave = true;
7459 parent::__construct($this->get_section_name(), $this->get_section_title(), '', '');
7463 * Always returns true, does nothing
7465 * @return true
7467 public function get_setting() {
7468 return true;
7472 * Always returns true, does nothing
7474 * @return true
7476 public function get_defaultsetting() {
7477 return true;
7481 * Always returns '', does not write anything
7483 * @param mixed $data
7484 * @return string Always returns ''
7486 public function write_setting($data) {
7487 // Do not write any setting.
7488 return '';
7492 * Checks if $query is one of the available plugins of this type
7494 * @param string $query The string to search for
7495 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
7497 public function is_related($query) {
7498 if (parent::is_related($query)) {
7499 return true;
7502 $query = core_text::strtolower($query);
7503 $plugins = core_plugin_manager::instance()->get_plugins_of_type($this->get_plugin_type());
7504 foreach ($plugins as $name => $plugin) {
7505 $localised = $plugin->displayname;
7506 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($name), $query) !== false) {
7507 return true;
7509 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($localised), $query) !== false) {
7510 return true;
7513 return false;
7517 * The URL for the management page for this plugintype.
7519 * @return moodle_url
7521 protected function get_manage_url() {
7522 return new moodle_url('/admin/updatesetting.php');
7526 * Builds the HTML to display the control.
7528 * @param string $data Unused
7529 * @param string $query
7530 * @return string
7532 public function output_html($data, $query = '') {
7533 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $DB, $PAGE;
7535 $context = (object) [
7536 'manageurl' => new moodle_url($this->get_manage_url(), [
7537 'type' => $this->get_plugin_type(),
7538 'sesskey' => sesskey(),
7540 'infocolumnname' => $this->get_info_column_name(),
7541 'plugins' => [],
7544 $pluginmanager = core_plugin_manager::instance();
7545 $allplugins = $pluginmanager->get_plugins_of_type($this->get_plugin_type());
7546 $enabled = $pluginmanager->get_enabled_plugins($this->get_plugin_type());
7547 $plugins = array_merge($enabled, $allplugins);
7548 foreach ($plugins as $key => $plugin) {
7549 $pluginlink = new moodle_url($context->manageurl, ['plugin' => $key]);
7551 $pluginkey = (object) [
7552 'plugin' => $plugin->displayname,
7553 'enabled' => $plugin->is_enabled(),
7554 'togglelink' => '',
7555 'moveuplink' => '',
7556 'movedownlink' => '',
7557 'settingslink' => $plugin->get_settings_url(),
7558 'uninstalllink' => '',
7559 'info' => '',
7562 // Enable/Disable link.
7563 $togglelink = new moodle_url($pluginlink);
7564 if ($plugin->is_enabled()) {
7565 $toggletarget = false;
7566 $togglelink->param('action', 'disable');
7568 if (count($context->plugins)) {
7569 // This is not the first plugin.
7570 $pluginkey->moveuplink = new moodle_url($pluginlink, ['action' => 'up']);
7573 if (count($enabled) > count($context->plugins) + 1) {
7574 // This is not the last plugin.
7575 $pluginkey->movedownlink = new moodle_url($pluginlink, ['action' => 'down']);
7578 $pluginkey->info = $this->get_info_column($plugin);
7579 } else {
7580 $toggletarget = true;
7581 $togglelink->param('action', 'enable');
7584 $pluginkey->toggletarget = $toggletarget;
7585 $pluginkey->togglelink = $togglelink;
7587 $frankenstyle = $plugin->type . '_' . $plugin->name;
7588 if ($uninstalllink = core_plugin_manager::instance()->get_uninstall_url($frankenstyle, 'manage')) {
7589 // This plugin supports uninstallation.
7590 $pluginkey->uninstalllink = $uninstalllink;
7593 if (!empty($this->get_info_column_name())) {
7594 // This plugintype has an info column.
7595 $pluginkey->info = $this->get_info_column($plugin);
7598 $context->plugins[] = $pluginkey;
7601 $str = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_manage_plugins', $context);
7602 return highlight($query, $str);
7607 * Generic class for managing plugins in a table that allows re-ordering and enable/disable of each plugin.
7608 * Requires a get_rank method on the plugininfo class for sorting.
7610 * @copyright 2017 Andrew Nicols <andrew@nicols.co.uk>
7611 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7613 class admin_setting_manage_fileconverter_plugins extends admin_setting_manage_plugins {
7614 public function get_section_title() {
7615 return get_string('type_fileconverter_plural', 'plugin');
7618 public function get_plugin_type() {
7619 return 'fileconverter';
7622 public function get_info_column_name() {
7623 return get_string('supportedconversions', 'plugin');
7626 public function get_info_column($plugininfo) {
7627 return $plugininfo->get_supported_conversions();
7632 * Special class for media player plugins management.
7634 * @copyright 2016 Marina Glancy
7635 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7637 class admin_setting_managemediaplayers extends admin_setting {
7639 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
7641 public function __construct() {
7642 $this->nosave = true;
7643 parent::__construct('managemediaplayers', get_string('managemediaplayers', 'media'), '', '');
7647 * Always returns true, does nothing
7649 * @return true
7651 public function get_setting() {
7652 return true;
7656 * Always returns true, does nothing
7658 * @return true
7660 public function get_defaultsetting() {
7661 return true;
7665 * Always returns '', does not write anything
7667 * @param mixed $data
7668 * @return string Always returns ''
7670 public function write_setting($data) {
7671 // Do not write any setting.
7672 return '';
7676 * Checks if $query is one of the available enrol plugins
7678 * @param string $query The string to search for
7679 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
7681 public function is_related($query) {
7682 if (parent::is_related($query)) {
7683 return true;
7686 $query = core_text::strtolower($query);
7687 $plugins = core_plugin_manager::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('media');
7688 foreach ($plugins as $name => $plugin) {
7689 $localised = $plugin->displayname;
7690 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($name), $query) !== false) {
7691 return true;
7693 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($localised), $query) !== false) {
7694 return true;
7697 return false;
7701 * Sort plugins so enabled plugins are displayed first and all others are displayed in the end sorted by rank.
7702 * @return \core\plugininfo\media[]
7704 protected function get_sorted_plugins() {
7705 $pluginmanager = core_plugin_manager::instance();
7707 $plugins = $pluginmanager->get_plugins_of_type('media');
7708 $enabledplugins = $pluginmanager->get_enabled_plugins('media');
7710 // Sort plugins so enabled plugins are displayed first and all others are displayed in the end sorted by rank.
7711 \core_collator::asort_objects_by_method($plugins, 'get_rank', \core_collator::SORT_NUMERIC);
7713 $order = array_values($enabledplugins);
7714 $order = array_merge($order, array_diff(array_reverse(array_keys($plugins)), $order));
7716 $sortedplugins = array();
7717 foreach ($order as $name) {
7718 $sortedplugins[$name] = $plugins[$name];
7721 return $sortedplugins;
7725 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
7727 * @param string $data Unused
7728 * @param string $query
7729 * @return string
7731 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
7732 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $DB, $PAGE;
7734 // Display strings.
7735 $strup = get_string('up');
7736 $strdown = get_string('down');
7737 $strsettings = get_string('settings');
7738 $strenable = get_string('enable');
7739 $strdisable = get_string('disable');
7740 $struninstall = get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
7741 $strversion = get_string('version');
7742 $strname = get_string('name');
7743 $strsupports = get_string('supports', 'core_media');
7745 $pluginmanager = core_plugin_manager::instance();
7747 $plugins = $this->get_sorted_plugins();
7748 $enabledplugins = $pluginmanager->get_enabled_plugins('media');
7750 $return = $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox mediaplayersui');
7752 $table = new html_table();
7753 $table->head = array($strname, $strsupports, $strversion,
7754 $strenable, $strup.'/'.$strdown, $strsettings, $struninstall);
7755 $table->colclasses = array('leftalign', 'leftalign', 'centeralign',
7756 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
7757 $table->id = 'mediaplayerplugins';
7758 $table->attributes['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
7759 $table->data = array();
7761 // Iterate through media plugins and add to the display table.
7762 $updowncount = 1;
7763 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/media.php', array('sesskey' => sesskey()));
7764 $printed = array();
7765 $spacer = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'));
7767 $usedextensions = [];
7768 foreach ($plugins as $name => $plugin) {
7769 $url->param('media', $name);
7770 $plugininfo = $pluginmanager->get_plugin_info('media_'.$name);
7771 $version = $plugininfo->versiondb;
7772 $supports = $plugininfo->supports($usedextensions);
7774 // Hide/show links.
7775 $class = '';
7776 if (!$plugininfo->is_installed_and_upgraded()) {
7777 $hideshow = '';
7778 $enabled = false;
7779 $displayname = '<span class="notifyproblem">'.$name.'</span>';
7780 } else {
7781 $enabled = $plugininfo->is_enabled();
7782 if ($enabled) {
7783 $hideshow = html_writer::link(new moodle_url($url, array('action' => 'disable')),
7784 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $strdisable, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7785 } else {
7786 $hideshow = html_writer::link(new moodle_url($url, array('action' => 'enable')),
7787 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $strenable, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7788 $class = 'dimmed_text';
7790 $displayname = $plugin->displayname;
7791 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists('pluginname_help', 'media_' . $name)) {
7792 $displayname .= '&nbsp;' . $OUTPUT->help_icon('pluginname', 'media_' . $name);
7795 if ($PAGE->theme->resolve_image_location('icon', 'media_' . $name, false)) {
7796 $icon = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('icon', '', 'media_' . $name, array('class' => 'icon pluginicon'));
7797 } else {
7798 $icon = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'icon pluginicon noicon'));
7801 // Up/down link (only if enrol is enabled).
7802 $updown = '';
7803 if ($enabled) {
7804 if ($updowncount > 1) {
7805 $updown = html_writer::link(new moodle_url($url, array('action' => 'up')),
7806 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', $strup, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7807 } else {
7808 $updown = $spacer;
7810 if ($updowncount < count($enabledplugins)) {
7811 $updown .= html_writer::link(new moodle_url($url, array('action' => 'down')),
7812 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', $strdown, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7813 } else {
7814 $updown .= $spacer;
7816 ++$updowncount;
7819 $uninstall = '';
7820 $status = $plugininfo->get_status();
7821 if ($status === core_plugin_manager::PLUGIN_STATUS_MISSING) {
7822 $uninstall = get_string('status_missing', 'core_plugin') . '<br/>';
7824 if ($status === core_plugin_manager::PLUGIN_STATUS_NEW) {
7825 $uninstall = get_string('status_new', 'core_plugin');
7826 } else if ($uninstallurl = $pluginmanager->get_uninstall_url('media_'.$name, 'manage')) {
7827 $uninstall .= html_writer::link($uninstallurl, $struninstall);
7830 $settings = '';
7831 if ($plugininfo->get_settings_url()) {
7832 $settings = html_writer::link($plugininfo->get_settings_url(), $strsettings);
7835 // Add a row to the table.
7836 $row = new html_table_row(array($icon.$displayname, $supports, $version, $hideshow, $updown, $settings, $uninstall));
7837 if ($class) {
7838 $row->attributes['class'] = $class;
7840 $table->data[] = $row;
7842 $printed[$name] = true;
7845 $return .= html_writer::table($table);
7846 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
7847 return highlight($query, $return);
7852 * Initialise admin page - this function does require login and permission
7853 * checks specified in page definition.
7855 * This function must be called on each admin page before other code.
7857 * @global moodle_page $PAGE
7859 * @param string $section name of page
7860 * @param string $extrabutton extra HTML that is added after the blocks editing on/off button.
7861 * @param array $extraurlparams an array paramname => paramvalue, or parameters that need to be
7862 * added to the turn blocks editing on/off form, so this page reloads correctly.
7863 * @param string $actualurl if the actual page being viewed is not the normal one for this
7864 * page (e.g. admin/roles/allow.php, instead of admin/roles/manage.php, you can pass the alternate URL here.
7865 * @param array $options Additional options that can be specified for page setup.
7866 * pagelayout - This option can be used to set a specific pagelyaout, admin is default.
7868 function admin_externalpage_setup($section, $extrabutton = '', array $extraurlparams = null, $actualurl = '', array $options = array()) {
7869 global $CFG, $PAGE, $USER, $SITE, $OUTPUT;
7871 $PAGE->set_context(null); // hack - set context to something, by default to system context
7873 $site = get_site();
7874 require_login();
7876 if (!empty($options['pagelayout'])) {
7877 // A specific page layout has been requested.
7878 $PAGE->set_pagelayout($options['pagelayout']);
7879 } else if ($section === 'upgradesettings') {
7880 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('maintenance');
7881 } else {
7882 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('admin');
7885 $adminroot = admin_get_root(false, false); // settings not required for external pages
7886 $extpage = $adminroot->locate($section, true);
7888 if (empty($extpage) or !($extpage instanceof admin_externalpage)) {
7889 // The requested section isn't in the admin tree
7890 // It could be because the user has inadequate capapbilities or because the section doesn't exist
7891 if (!has_capability('moodle/site:config', context_system::instance())) {
7892 // The requested section could depend on a different capability
7893 // but most likely the user has inadequate capabilities
7894 print_error('accessdenied', 'admin');
7895 } else {
7896 print_error('sectionerror', 'admin', "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/");
7900 // this eliminates our need to authenticate on the actual pages
7901 if (!$extpage->check_access()) {
7902 print_error('accessdenied', 'admin');
7903 die;
7906 navigation_node::require_admin_tree();
7908 // $PAGE->set_extra_button($extrabutton); TODO
7910 if (!$actualurl) {
7911 $actualurl = $extpage->url;
7914 $PAGE->set_url($actualurl, $extraurlparams);
7915 if (strpos($PAGE->pagetype, 'admin-') !== 0) {
7916 $PAGE->set_pagetype('admin-' . $PAGE->pagetype);
7919 if (empty($SITE->fullname) || empty($SITE->shortname)) {
7920 // During initial install.
7921 $strinstallation = get_string('installation', 'install');
7922 $strsettings = get_string('settings');
7923 $PAGE->navbar->add($strsettings);
7924 $PAGE->set_title($strinstallation);
7925 $PAGE->set_heading($strinstallation);
7926 $PAGE->set_cacheable(false);
7927 return;
7930 // Locate the current item on the navigation and make it active when found.
7931 $path = $extpage->path;
7932 $node = $PAGE->settingsnav;
7933 while ($node && count($path) > 0) {
7934 $node = $node->get(array_pop($path));
7936 if ($node) {
7937 $node->make_active();
7940 // Normal case.
7941 $adminediting = optional_param('adminedit', -1, PARAM_BOOL);
7942 if ($PAGE->user_allowed_editing() && $adminediting != -1) {
7943 $USER->editing = $adminediting;
7946 $visiblepathtosection = array_reverse($extpage->visiblepath);
7948 if ($PAGE->user_allowed_editing()) {
7949 if ($PAGE->user_is_editing()) {
7950 $caption = get_string('blockseditoff');
7951 $url = new moodle_url($PAGE->url, array('adminedit'=>'0', 'sesskey'=>sesskey()));
7952 } else {
7953 $caption = get_string('blocksediton');
7954 $url = new moodle_url($PAGE->url, array('adminedit'=>'1', 'sesskey'=>sesskey()));
7956 $PAGE->set_button($OUTPUT->single_button($url, $caption, 'get'));
7959 $PAGE->set_title("$SITE->shortname: " . implode(": ", $visiblepathtosection));
7960 $PAGE->set_heading($SITE->fullname);
7962 // prevent caching in nav block
7963 $PAGE->navigation->clear_cache();
7967 * Returns the reference to admin tree root
7969 * @return object admin_root object
7971 function admin_get_root($reload=false, $requirefulltree=true) {
7972 global $CFG, $DB, $OUTPUT;
7974 static $ADMIN = NULL;
7976 if (is_null($ADMIN)) {
7977 // create the admin tree!
7978 $ADMIN = new admin_root($requirefulltree);
7981 if ($reload or ($requirefulltree and !$ADMIN->fulltree)) {
7982 $ADMIN->purge_children($requirefulltree);
7985 if (!$ADMIN->loaded) {
7986 // we process this file first to create categories first and in correct order
7987 require($CFG->dirroot.'/'.$CFG->admin.'/settings/top.php');
7989 // now we process all other files in admin/settings to build the admin tree
7990 foreach (glob($CFG->dirroot.'/'.$CFG->admin.'/settings/*.php') as $file) {
7991 if ($file == $CFG->dirroot.'/'.$CFG->admin.'/settings/top.php') {
7992 continue;
7994 if ($file == $CFG->dirroot.'/'.$CFG->admin.'/settings/plugins.php') {
7995 // plugins are loaded last - they may insert pages anywhere
7996 continue;
7998 require($file);
8000 require($CFG->dirroot.'/'.$CFG->admin.'/settings/plugins.php');
8002 $ADMIN->loaded = true;
8005 return $ADMIN;
8008 /// settings utility functions
8011 * This function applies default settings.
8013 * @param object $node, NULL means complete tree, null by default
8014 * @param bool $unconditional if true overrides all values with defaults, null buy default
8016 function admin_apply_default_settings($node=NULL, $unconditional=true) {
8017 global $CFG;
8019 if (is_null($node)) {
8020 core_plugin_manager::reset_caches();
8021 $node = admin_get_root(true, true);
8024 if ($node instanceof admin_category) {
8025 $entries = array_keys($node->children);
8026 foreach ($entries as $entry) {
8027 admin_apply_default_settings($node->children[$entry], $unconditional);
8030 } else if ($node instanceof admin_settingpage) {
8031 foreach ($node->settings as $setting) {
8032 if (!$unconditional and !is_null($setting->get_setting())) {
8033 //do not override existing defaults
8034 continue;
8036 $defaultsetting = $setting->get_defaultsetting();
8037 if (is_null($defaultsetting)) {
8038 // no value yet - default maybe applied after admin user creation or in upgradesettings
8039 continue;
8041 $setting->write_setting($defaultsetting);
8042 $setting->write_setting_flags(null);
8045 // Just in case somebody modifies the list of active plugins directly.
8046 core_plugin_manager::reset_caches();
8050 * Store changed settings, this function updates the errors variable in $ADMIN
8052 * @param object $formdata from form
8053 * @return int number of changed settings
8055 function admin_write_settings($formdata) {
8056 global $CFG, $SITE, $DB;
8058 $olddbsessions = !empty($CFG->dbsessions);
8059 $formdata = (array)$formdata;
8061 $data = array();
8062 foreach ($formdata as $fullname=>$value) {
8063 if (strpos($fullname, 's_') !== 0) {
8064 continue; // not a config value
8066 $data[$fullname] = $value;
8069 $adminroot = admin_get_root();
8070 $settings = admin_find_write_settings($adminroot, $data);
8072 $count = 0;
8073 foreach ($settings as $fullname=>$setting) {
8074 /** @var $setting admin_setting */
8075 $original = $setting->get_setting();
8076 $error = $setting->write_setting($data[$fullname]);
8077 if ($error !== '') {
8078 $adminroot->errors[$fullname] = new stdClass();
8079 $adminroot->errors[$fullname]->data = $data[$fullname];
8080 $adminroot->errors[$fullname]->id = $setting->get_id();
8081 $adminroot->errors[$fullname]->error = $error;
8082 } else {
8083 $setting->write_setting_flags($data);
8085 if ($setting->post_write_settings($original)) {
8086 $count++;
8090 if ($olddbsessions != !empty($CFG->dbsessions)) {
8091 require_logout();
8094 // Now update $SITE - just update the fields, in case other people have a
8095 // a reference to it (e.g. $PAGE, $COURSE).
8096 $newsite = $DB->get_record('course', array('id'=>$SITE->id));
8097 foreach (get_object_vars($newsite) as $field => $value) {
8098 $SITE->$field = $value;
8101 // now reload all settings - some of them might depend on the changed
8102 admin_get_root(true);
8103 return $count;
8107 * Internal recursive function - finds all settings from submitted form
8109 * @param object $node Instance of admin_category, or admin_settingpage
8110 * @param array $data
8111 * @return array
8113 function admin_find_write_settings($node, $data) {
8114 $return = array();
8116 if (empty($data)) {
8117 return $return;
8120 if ($node instanceof admin_category) {
8121 if ($node->check_access()) {
8122 $entries = array_keys($node->children);
8123 foreach ($entries as $entry) {
8124 $return = array_merge($return, admin_find_write_settings($node->children[$entry], $data));
8128 } else if ($node instanceof admin_settingpage) {
8129 if ($node->check_access()) {
8130 foreach ($node->settings as $setting) {
8131 $fullname = $setting->get_full_name();
8132 if (array_key_exists($fullname, $data)) {
8133 $return[$fullname] = $setting;
8140 return $return;
8144 * Internal function - prints the search results
8146 * @param string $query String to search for
8147 * @return string empty or XHTML
8149 function admin_search_settings_html($query) {
8150 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $PAGE;
8152 if (core_text::strlen($query) < 2) {
8153 return '';
8155 $query = core_text::strtolower($query);
8157 $adminroot = admin_get_root();
8158 $findings = $adminroot->search($query);
8159 $savebutton = false;
8161 $tpldata = (object) [
8162 'actionurl' => $PAGE->url->out(false),
8163 'results' => [],
8164 'sesskey' => sesskey(),
8167 foreach ($findings as $found) {
8168 $page = $found->page;
8169 $settings = $found->settings;
8170 if ($page->is_hidden()) {
8171 // hidden pages are not displayed in search results
8172 continue;
8175 $heading = highlight($query, $page->visiblename);
8176 $headingurl = null;
8177 if ($page instanceof admin_externalpage) {
8178 $headingurl = new moodle_url($page->url);
8179 } else if ($page instanceof admin_settingpage) {
8180 $headingurl = new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php', ['section' => $page->name]);
8181 } else {
8182 continue;
8185 $sectionsettings = [];
8186 if (!empty($settings)) {
8187 foreach ($settings as $setting) {
8188 if (empty($setting->nosave)) {
8189 $savebutton = true;
8191 $fullname = $setting->get_full_name();
8192 if (array_key_exists($fullname, $adminroot->errors)) {
8193 $data = $adminroot->errors[$fullname]->data;
8194 } else {
8195 $data = $setting->get_setting();
8196 // do not use defaults if settings not available - upgradesettings handles the defaults!
8198 $sectionsettings[] = $setting->output_html($data, $query);
8202 $tpldata->results[] = (object) [
8203 'title' => $heading,
8204 'url' => $headingurl->out(false),
8205 'settings' => $sectionsettings
8209 $tpldata->showsave = $savebutton;
8210 $tpldata->hasresults = !empty($tpldata->results);
8212 return $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/settings_search_results', $tpldata);
8216 * Internal function - returns arrays of html pages with uninitialised settings
8218 * @param object $node Instance of admin_category or admin_settingpage
8219 * @return array
8221 function admin_output_new_settings_by_page($node) {
8222 global $OUTPUT;
8223 $return = array();
8225 if ($node instanceof admin_category) {
8226 $entries = array_keys($node->children);
8227 foreach ($entries as $entry) {
8228 $return += admin_output_new_settings_by_page($node->children[$entry]);
8231 } else if ($node instanceof admin_settingpage) {
8232 $newsettings = array();
8233 foreach ($node->settings as $setting) {
8234 if (is_null($setting->get_setting())) {
8235 $newsettings[] = $setting;
8238 if (count($newsettings) > 0) {
8239 $adminroot = admin_get_root();
8240 $page = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('upgradesettings','admin').' - '.$node->visiblename, 2, 'main');
8241 $page .= '<fieldset class="adminsettings">'."\n";
8242 foreach ($newsettings as $setting) {
8243 $fullname = $setting->get_full_name();
8244 if (array_key_exists($fullname, $adminroot->errors)) {
8245 $data = $adminroot->errors[$fullname]->data;
8246 } else {
8247 $data = $setting->get_setting();
8248 if (is_null($data)) {
8249 $data = $setting->get_defaultsetting();
8252 $page .= '<div class="clearer"><!-- --></div>'."\n";
8253 $page .= $setting->output_html($data);
8255 $page .= '</fieldset>';
8256 $return[$node->name] = $page;
8260 return $return;
8264 * Format admin settings
8266 * @param object $setting
8267 * @param string $title label element
8268 * @param string $form form fragment, html code - not highlighted automatically
8269 * @param string $description
8270 * @param mixed $label link label to id, true by default or string being the label to connect it to
8271 * @param string $warning warning text
8272 * @param sting $defaultinfo defaults info, null means nothing, '' is converted to "Empty" string, defaults to null
8273 * @param string $query search query to be highlighted
8274 * @return string XHTML
8276 function format_admin_setting($setting, $title='', $form='', $description='', $label=true, $warning='', $defaultinfo=NULL, $query='') {
8277 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
8279 $context = (object) [
8280 'name' => empty($setting->plugin) ? $setting->name : "$setting->plugin | $setting->name",
8281 'fullname' => $setting->get_full_name(),
8284 // Sometimes the id is not id_s_name, but id_s_name_m or something, and this does not validate.
8285 if ($label === true) {
8286 $context->labelfor = $setting->get_id();
8287 } else if ($label === false) {
8288 $context->labelfor = '';
8289 } else {
8290 $context->labelfor = $label;
8293 $form .= $setting->output_setting_flags();
8295 $context->warning = $warning;
8296 $context->override = '';
8297 if (empty($setting->plugin)) {
8298 if (array_key_exists($setting->name, $CFG->config_php_settings)) {
8299 $context->override = get_string('configoverride', 'admin');
8301 } else {
8302 if (array_key_exists($setting->plugin, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings) and array_key_exists($setting->name, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings[$setting->plugin])) {
8303 $context->override = get_string('configoverride', 'admin');
8307 $defaults = array();
8308 if (!is_null($defaultinfo)) {
8309 if ($defaultinfo === '') {
8310 $defaultinfo = get_string('emptysettingvalue', 'admin');
8312 $defaults[] = $defaultinfo;
8315 $context->default = null;
8316 $setting->get_setting_flag_defaults($defaults);
8317 if (!empty($defaults)) {
8318 $defaultinfo = implode(', ', $defaults);
8319 $defaultinfo = highlight($query, nl2br(s($defaultinfo)));
8320 $context->default = get_string('defaultsettinginfo', 'admin', $defaultinfo);
8324 $context->error = '';
8325 $adminroot = admin_get_root();
8326 if (array_key_exists($context->fullname, $adminroot->errors)) {
8327 $context->error = $adminroot->errors[$context->fullname]->error;
8330 $context->id = 'admin-' . $setting->name;
8331 $context->title = highlightfast($query, $title);
8332 $context->name = highlightfast($query, $context->name);
8333 $context->description = highlight($query, markdown_to_html($description));
8334 $context->element = $form;
8335 $context->forceltr = $setting->get_force_ltr();
8337 return $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting', $context);
8341 * Based on find_new_settings{@link ()} in upgradesettings.php
8342 * Looks to find any admin settings that have not been initialized. Returns 1 if it finds any.
8344 * @param object $node Instance of admin_category, or admin_settingpage
8345 * @return boolean true if any settings haven't been initialised, false if they all have
8347 function any_new_admin_settings($node) {
8349 if ($node instanceof admin_category) {
8350 $entries = array_keys($node->children);
8351 foreach ($entries as $entry) {
8352 if (any_new_admin_settings($node->children[$entry])) {
8353 return true;
8357 } else if ($node instanceof admin_settingpage) {
8358 foreach ($node->settings as $setting) {
8359 if ($setting->get_setting() === NULL) {
8360 return true;
8365 return false;
8369 * Moved from admin/replace.php so that we can use this in cron
8371 * @param string $search string to look for
8372 * @param string $replace string to replace
8373 * @return bool success or fail
8375 function db_replace($search, $replace) {
8376 global $DB, $CFG, $OUTPUT;
8378 // TODO: this is horrible hack, we should do whitelisting and each plugin should be responsible for proper replacing...
8379 $skiptables = array('config', 'config_plugins', 'config_log', 'upgrade_log', 'log',
8380 'filter_config', 'sessions', 'events_queue', 'repository_instance_config',
8381 'block_instances', '');
8383 // Turn off time limits, sometimes upgrades can be slow.
8384 core_php_time_limit::raise();
8386 if (!$tables = $DB->get_tables() ) { // No tables yet at all.
8387 return false;
8389 foreach ($tables as $table) {
8391 if (in_array($table, $skiptables)) { // Don't process these
8392 continue;
8395 if ($columns = $DB->get_columns($table)) {
8396 $DB->set_debug(true);
8397 foreach ($columns as $column) {
8398 $DB->replace_all_text($table, $column, $search, $replace);
8400 $DB->set_debug(false);
8404 // delete modinfo caches
8405 rebuild_course_cache(0, true);
8407 // TODO: we should ask all plugins to do the search&replace, for now let's do only blocks...
8408 $blocks = core_component::get_plugin_list('block');
8409 foreach ($blocks as $blockname=>$fullblock) {
8410 if ($blockname === 'NEWBLOCK') { // Someone has unzipped the template, ignore it
8411 continue;
8414 if (!is_readable($fullblock.'/lib.php')) {
8415 continue;
8418 $function = 'block_'.$blockname.'_global_db_replace';
8419 include_once($fullblock.'/lib.php');
8420 if (!function_exists($function)) {
8421 continue;
8424 echo $OUTPUT->notification("Replacing in $blockname blocks...", 'notifysuccess');
8425 $function($search, $replace);
8426 echo $OUTPUT->notification("...finished", 'notifysuccess');
8429 purge_all_caches();
8431 return true;
8435 * Manage repository settings
8437 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
8439 class admin_setting_managerepository extends admin_setting {
8440 /** @var string */
8441 private $baseurl;
8444 * calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
8446 public function __construct() {
8447 global $CFG;
8448 parent::__construct('managerepository', get_string('manage', 'repository'), '', '');
8449 $this->baseurl = $CFG->wwwroot . '/' . $CFG->admin . '/repository.php?sesskey=' . sesskey();
8453 * Always returns true, does nothing
8455 * @return true
8457 public function get_setting() {
8458 return true;
8462 * Always returns true does nothing
8464 * @return true
8466 public function get_defaultsetting() {
8467 return true;
8471 * Always returns s_managerepository
8473 * @return string Always return 's_managerepository'
8475 public function get_full_name() {
8476 return 's_managerepository';
8480 * Always returns '' doesn't do anything
8482 public function write_setting($data) {
8483 $url = $this->baseurl . '&amp;new=' . $data;
8484 return '';
8485 // TODO
8486 // Should not use redirect and exit here
8487 // Find a better way to do this.
8488 // redirect($url);
8489 // exit;
8493 * Searches repository plugins for one that matches $query
8495 * @param string $query The string to search for
8496 * @return bool true if found, false if not
8498 public function is_related($query) {
8499 if (parent::is_related($query)) {
8500 return true;
8503 $repositories= core_component::get_plugin_list('repository');
8504 foreach ($repositories as $p => $dir) {
8505 if (strpos($p, $query) !== false) {
8506 return true;
8509 foreach (repository::get_types() as $instance) {
8510 $title = $instance->get_typename();
8511 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($title), $query) !== false) {
8512 return true;
8515 return false;
8519 * Helper function that generates a moodle_url object
8520 * relevant to the repository
8523 function repository_action_url($repository) {
8524 return new moodle_url($this->baseurl, array('sesskey'=>sesskey(), 'repos'=>$repository));
8528 * Builds XHTML to display the control
8530 * @param string $data Unused
8531 * @param string $query
8532 * @return string XHTML
8534 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
8535 global $CFG, $USER, $OUTPUT;
8537 // Get strings that are used
8538 $strshow = get_string('on', 'repository');
8539 $strhide = get_string('off', 'repository');
8540 $strdelete = get_string('disabled', 'repository');
8542 $actionchoicesforexisting = array(
8543 'show' => $strshow,
8544 'hide' => $strhide,
8545 'delete' => $strdelete
8548 $actionchoicesfornew = array(
8549 'newon' => $strshow,
8550 'newoff' => $strhide,
8551 'delete' => $strdelete
8554 $return = '';
8555 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox');
8557 // Set strings that are used multiple times
8558 $settingsstr = get_string('settings');
8559 $disablestr = get_string('disable');
8561 // Table to list plug-ins
8562 $table = new html_table();
8563 $table->head = array(get_string('name'), get_string('isactive', 'repository'), get_string('order'), $settingsstr);
8564 $table->align = array('left', 'center', 'center', 'center', 'center');
8565 $table->data = array();
8567 // Get list of used plug-ins
8568 $repositorytypes = repository::get_types();
8569 if (!empty($repositorytypes)) {
8570 // Array to store plugins being used
8571 $alreadyplugins = array();
8572 $totalrepositorytypes = count($repositorytypes);
8573 $updowncount = 1;
8574 foreach ($repositorytypes as $i) {
8575 $settings = '';
8576 $typename = $i->get_typename();
8577 // Display edit link only if you can config the type or if it has multiple instances (e.g. has instance config)
8578 $typeoptionnames = repository::static_function($typename, 'get_type_option_names');
8579 $instanceoptionnames = repository::static_function($typename, 'get_instance_option_names');
8581 if (!empty($typeoptionnames) || !empty($instanceoptionnames)) {
8582 // Calculate number of instances in order to display them for the Moodle administrator
8583 if (!empty($instanceoptionnames)) {
8584 $params = array();
8585 $params['context'] = array(context_system::instance());
8586 $params['onlyvisible'] = false;
8587 $params['type'] = $typename;
8588 $admininstancenumber = count(repository::static_function($typename, 'get_instances', $params));
8589 // site instances
8590 $admininstancenumbertext = get_string('instancesforsite', 'repository', $admininstancenumber);
8591 $params['context'] = array();
8592 $instances = repository::static_function($typename, 'get_instances', $params);
8593 $courseinstances = array();
8594 $userinstances = array();
8596 foreach ($instances as $instance) {
8597 $repocontext = context::instance_by_id($instance->instance->contextid);
8598 if ($repocontext->contextlevel == CONTEXT_COURSE) {
8599 $courseinstances[] = $instance;
8600 } else if ($repocontext->contextlevel == CONTEXT_USER) {
8601 $userinstances[] = $instance;
8604 // course instances
8605 $instancenumber = count($courseinstances);
8606 $courseinstancenumbertext = get_string('instancesforcourses', 'repository', $instancenumber);
8608 // user private instances
8609 $instancenumber = count($userinstances);
8610 $userinstancenumbertext = get_string('instancesforusers', 'repository', $instancenumber);
8611 } else {
8612 $admininstancenumbertext = "";
8613 $courseinstancenumbertext = "";
8614 $userinstancenumbertext = "";
8617 $settings .= '<a href="' . $this->baseurl . '&amp;action=edit&amp;repos=' . $typename . '">' . $settingsstr .'</a>';
8619 $settings .= $OUTPUT->container_start('mdl-left');
8620 $settings .= '<br/>';
8621 $settings .= $admininstancenumbertext;
8622 $settings .= '<br/>';
8623 $settings .= $courseinstancenumbertext;
8624 $settings .= '<br/>';
8625 $settings .= $userinstancenumbertext;
8626 $settings .= $OUTPUT->container_end();
8628 // Get the current visibility
8629 if ($i->get_visible()) {
8630 $currentaction = 'show';
8631 } else {
8632 $currentaction = 'hide';
8635 $select = new single_select($this->repository_action_url($typename, 'repos'), 'action', $actionchoicesforexisting, $currentaction, null, 'applyto' . basename($typename));
8637 // Display up/down link
8638 $updown = '';
8639 // Should be done with CSS instead.
8640 $spacer = $OUTPUT->spacer(array('height' => 15, 'width' => 15, 'class' => 'smallicon'));
8642 if ($updowncount > 1) {
8643 $updown .= "<a href=\"$this->baseurl&amp;action=moveup&amp;repos=".$typename."\">";
8644 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', get_string('moveup')) . '</a>&nbsp;';
8646 else {
8647 $updown .= $spacer;
8649 if ($updowncount < $totalrepositorytypes) {
8650 $updown .= "<a href=\"$this->baseurl&amp;action=movedown&amp;repos=".$typename."\">";
8651 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', get_string('movedown')) . '</a>&nbsp;';
8653 else {
8654 $updown .= $spacer;
8657 $updowncount++;
8659 $table->data[] = array($i->get_readablename(), $OUTPUT->render($select), $updown, $settings);
8661 if (!in_array($typename, $alreadyplugins)) {
8662 $alreadyplugins[] = $typename;
8667 // Get all the plugins that exist on disk
8668 $plugins = core_component::get_plugin_list('repository');
8669 if (!empty($plugins)) {
8670 foreach ($plugins as $plugin => $dir) {
8671 // Check that it has not already been listed
8672 if (!in_array($plugin, $alreadyplugins)) {
8673 $select = new single_select($this->repository_action_url($plugin, 'repos'), 'action', $actionchoicesfornew, 'delete', null, 'applyto' . basename($plugin));
8674 $table->data[] = array(get_string('pluginname', 'repository_'.$plugin), $OUTPUT->render($select), '', '');
8679 $return .= html_writer::table($table);
8680 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
8681 return highlight($query, $return);
8686 * Special checkbox for enable mobile web service
8687 * If enable then we store the service id of the mobile service into config table
8688 * If disable then we unstore the service id from the config table
8690 class admin_setting_enablemobileservice extends admin_setting_configcheckbox {
8692 /** @var boolean True means that the capability 'webservice/rest:use' is set for authenticated user role */
8693 private $restuse;
8696 * Return true if Authenticated user role has the capability 'webservice/rest:use', otherwise false.
8698 * @return boolean
8700 private function is_protocol_cap_allowed() {
8701 global $DB, $CFG;
8703 // If the $this->restuse variable is not set, it needs to be set.
8704 if (empty($this->restuse) and $this->restuse!==false) {
8705 $params = array();
8706 $params['permission'] = CAP_ALLOW;
8707 $params['roleid'] = $CFG->defaultuserroleid;
8708 $params['capability'] = 'webservice/rest:use';
8709 $this->restuse = $DB->record_exists('role_capabilities', $params);
8712 return $this->restuse;
8716 * Set the 'webservice/rest:use' to the Authenticated user role (allow or not)
8717 * @param type $status true to allow, false to not set
8719 private function set_protocol_cap($status) {
8720 global $CFG;
8721 if ($status and !$this->is_protocol_cap_allowed()) {
8722 //need to allow the cap
8723 $permission = CAP_ALLOW;
8724 $assign = true;
8725 } else if (!$status and $this->is_protocol_cap_allowed()){
8726 //need to disallow the cap
8727 $permission = CAP_INHERIT;
8728 $assign = true;
8730 if (!empty($assign)) {
8731 $systemcontext = context_system::instance();
8732 assign_capability('webservice/rest:use', $permission, $CFG->defaultuserroleid, $systemcontext->id, true);
8737 * Builds XHTML to display the control.
8738 * The main purpose of this overloading is to display a warning when https
8739 * is not supported by the server
8740 * @param string $data Unused
8741 * @param string $query
8742 * @return string XHTML
8744 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
8745 global $OUTPUT;
8746 $html = parent::output_html($data, $query);
8748 if ((string)$data === $this->yes) {
8749 $notifications = tool_mobile\api::get_potential_config_issues(); // Safe to call, plugin available if we reach here.
8750 foreach ($notifications as $notification) {
8751 $message = get_string($notification[0], $notification[1]);
8752 $html .= $OUTPUT->notification($message, \core\output\notification::NOTIFY_WARNING);
8756 return $html;
8760 * Retrieves the current setting using the objects name
8762 * @return string
8764 public function get_setting() {
8765 global $CFG;
8767 // First check if is not set.
8768 $result = $this->config_read($this->name);
8769 if (is_null($result)) {
8770 return null;
8773 // For install cli script, $CFG->defaultuserroleid is not set so return 0
8774 // Or if web services aren't enabled this can't be,
8775 if (empty($CFG->defaultuserroleid) || empty($CFG->enablewebservices)) {
8776 return 0;
8779 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/webservice/lib.php');
8780 $webservicemanager = new webservice();
8781 $mobileservice = $webservicemanager->get_external_service_by_shortname(MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE);
8782 if ($mobileservice->enabled and $this->is_protocol_cap_allowed()) {
8783 return $result;
8784 } else {
8785 return 0;
8790 * Save the selected setting
8792 * @param string $data The selected site
8793 * @return string empty string or error message
8795 public function write_setting($data) {
8796 global $DB, $CFG;
8798 //for install cli script, $CFG->defaultuserroleid is not set so do nothing
8799 if (empty($CFG->defaultuserroleid)) {
8800 return '';
8803 $servicename = MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE;
8805 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/webservice/lib.php');
8806 $webservicemanager = new webservice();
8808 $updateprotocol = false;
8809 if ((string)$data === $this->yes) {
8810 //code run when enable mobile web service
8811 //enable web service systeme if necessary
8812 set_config('enablewebservices', true);
8814 //enable mobile service
8815 $mobileservice = $webservicemanager->get_external_service_by_shortname(MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE);
8816 $mobileservice->enabled = 1;
8817 $webservicemanager->update_external_service($mobileservice);
8819 // Enable REST server.
8820 $activeprotocols = empty($CFG->webserviceprotocols) ? array() : explode(',', $CFG->webserviceprotocols);
8822 if (!in_array('rest', $activeprotocols)) {
8823 $activeprotocols[] = 'rest';
8824 $updateprotocol = true;
8827 if ($updateprotocol) {
8828 set_config('webserviceprotocols', implode(',', $activeprotocols));
8831 // Allow rest:use capability for authenticated user.
8832 $this->set_protocol_cap(true);
8834 } else {
8835 //disable web service system if no other services are enabled
8836 $otherenabledservices = $DB->get_records_select('external_services',
8837 'enabled = :enabled AND (shortname != :shortname OR shortname IS NULL)', array('enabled' => 1,
8838 'shortname' => MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE));
8839 if (empty($otherenabledservices)) {
8840 set_config('enablewebservices', false);
8842 // Also disable REST server.
8843 $activeprotocols = empty($CFG->webserviceprotocols) ? array() : explode(',', $CFG->webserviceprotocols);
8845 $protocolkey = array_search('rest', $activeprotocols);
8846 if ($protocolkey !== false) {
8847 unset($activeprotocols[$protocolkey]);
8848 $updateprotocol = true;
8851 if ($updateprotocol) {
8852 set_config('webserviceprotocols', implode(',', $activeprotocols));
8855 // Disallow rest:use capability for authenticated user.
8856 $this->set_protocol_cap(false);
8859 //disable the mobile service
8860 $mobileservice = $webservicemanager->get_external_service_by_shortname(MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE);
8861 $mobileservice->enabled = 0;
8862 $webservicemanager->update_external_service($mobileservice);
8865 return (parent::write_setting($data));
8870 * Special class for management of external services
8872 * @author Petr Skoda (skodak)
8874 class admin_setting_manageexternalservices extends admin_setting {
8876 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
8878 public function __construct() {
8879 $this->nosave = true;
8880 parent::__construct('webservicesui', get_string('externalservices', 'webservice'), '', '');
8884 * Always returns true, does nothing
8886 * @return true
8888 public function get_setting() {
8889 return true;
8893 * Always returns true, does nothing
8895 * @return true
8897 public function get_defaultsetting() {
8898 return true;
8902 * Always returns '', does not write anything
8904 * @return string Always returns ''
8906 public function write_setting($data) {
8907 // do not write any setting
8908 return '';
8912 * Checks if $query is one of the available external services
8914 * @param string $query The string to search for
8915 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
8917 public function is_related($query) {
8918 global $DB;
8920 if (parent::is_related($query)) {
8921 return true;
8924 $services = $DB->get_records('external_services', array(), 'id, name');
8925 foreach ($services as $service) {
8926 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($service->name), $query) !== false) {
8927 return true;
8930 return false;
8934 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
8936 * @param string $data Unused
8937 * @param string $query
8938 * @return string
8940 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
8941 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $DB;
8943 // display strings
8944 $stradministration = get_string('administration');
8945 $stredit = get_string('edit');
8946 $strservice = get_string('externalservice', 'webservice');
8947 $strdelete = get_string('delete');
8948 $strplugin = get_string('plugin', 'admin');
8949 $stradd = get_string('add');
8950 $strfunctions = get_string('functions', 'webservice');
8951 $strusers = get_string('users');
8952 $strserviceusers = get_string('serviceusers', 'webservice');
8954 $esurl = "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/webservice/service.php";
8955 $efurl = "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/webservice/service_functions.php";
8956 $euurl = "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/webservice/service_users.php";
8958 // built in services
8959 $services = $DB->get_records_select('external_services', 'component IS NOT NULL', null, 'name');
8960 $return = "";
8961 if (!empty($services)) {
8962 $return .= $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('servicesbuiltin', 'webservice'), 3, 'main');
8966 $table = new html_table();
8967 $table->head = array($strservice, $strplugin, $strfunctions, $strusers, $stredit);
8968 $table->colclasses = array('leftalign service', 'leftalign plugin', 'centeralign functions', 'centeralign users', 'centeralign ');
8969 $table->id = 'builtinservices';
8970 $table->attributes['class'] = 'admintable externalservices generaltable';
8971 $table->data = array();
8973 // iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table
8974 foreach ($services as $service) {
8975 $name = $service->name;
8977 // hide/show link
8978 if ($service->enabled) {
8979 $displayname = "<span>$name</span>";
8980 } else {
8981 $displayname = "<span class=\"dimmed_text\">$name</span>";
8984 $plugin = $service->component;
8986 $functions = "<a href=\"$efurl?id=$service->id\">$strfunctions</a>";
8988 if ($service->restrictedusers) {
8989 $users = "<a href=\"$euurl?id=$service->id\">$strserviceusers</a>";
8990 } else {
8991 $users = get_string('allusers', 'webservice');
8994 $edit = "<a href=\"$esurl?id=$service->id\">$stredit</a>";
8996 // add a row to the table
8997 $table->data[] = array($displayname, $plugin, $functions, $users, $edit);
8999 $return .= html_writer::table($table);
9002 // Custom services
9003 $return .= $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('servicescustom', 'webservice'), 3, 'main');
9004 $services = $DB->get_records_select('external_services', 'component IS NULL', null, 'name');
9006 $table = new html_table();
9007 $table->head = array($strservice, $strdelete, $strfunctions, $strusers, $stredit);
9008 $table->colclasses = array('leftalign service', 'leftalign plugin', 'centeralign functions', 'centeralign users', 'centeralign ');
9009 $table->id = 'customservices';
9010 $table->attributes['class'] = 'admintable externalservices generaltable';
9011 $table->data = array();
9013 // iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table
9014 foreach ($services as $service) {
9015 $name = $service->name;
9017 // hide/show link
9018 if ($service->enabled) {
9019 $displayname = "<span>$name</span>";
9020 } else {
9021 $displayname = "<span class=\"dimmed_text\">$name</span>";
9024 // delete link
9025 $delete = "<a href=\"$esurl?action=delete&amp;sesskey=".sesskey()."&amp;id=$service->id\">$strdelete</a>";
9027 $functions = "<a href=\"$efurl?id=$service->id\">$strfunctions</a>";
9029 if ($service->restrictedusers) {
9030 $users = "<a href=\"$euurl?id=$service->id\">$strserviceusers</a>";
9031 } else {
9032 $users = get_string('allusers', 'webservice');
9035 $edit = "<a href=\"$esurl?id=$service->id\">$stredit</a>";
9037 // add a row to the table
9038 $table->data[] = array($displayname, $delete, $functions, $users, $edit);
9040 // add new custom service option
9041 $return .= html_writer::table($table);
9043 $return .= '<br />';
9044 // add a token to the table
9045 $return .= "<a href=\"$esurl?id=0\">$stradd</a>";
9047 return highlight($query, $return);
9052 * Special class for overview of external services
9054 * @author Jerome Mouneyrac
9056 class admin_setting_webservicesoverview extends admin_setting {
9059 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
9061 public function __construct() {
9062 $this->nosave = true;
9063 parent::__construct('webservicesoverviewui',
9064 get_string('webservicesoverview', 'webservice'), '', '');
9068 * Always returns true, does nothing
9070 * @return true
9072 public function get_setting() {
9073 return true;
9077 * Always returns true, does nothing
9079 * @return true
9081 public function get_defaultsetting() {
9082 return true;
9086 * Always returns '', does not write anything
9088 * @return string Always returns ''
9090 public function write_setting($data) {
9091 // do not write any setting
9092 return '';
9096 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
9098 * @param string $data Unused
9099 * @param string $query
9100 * @return string
9102 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
9103 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
9105 $return = "";
9106 $brtag = html_writer::empty_tag('br');
9108 /// One system controlling Moodle with Token
9109 $return .= $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('onesystemcontrolling', 'webservice'), 3, 'main');
9110 $table = new html_table();
9111 $table->head = array(get_string('step', 'webservice'), get_string('status'),
9112 get_string('description'));
9113 $table->colclasses = array('leftalign step', 'leftalign status', 'leftalign description');
9114 $table->id = 'onesystemcontrol';
9115 $table->attributes['class'] = 'admintable wsoverview generaltable';
9116 $table->data = array();
9118 $return .= $brtag . get_string('onesystemcontrollingdescription', 'webservice')
9119 . $brtag . $brtag;
9121 /// 1. Enable Web Services
9122 $row = array();
9123 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/search.php?query=enablewebservices");
9124 $row[0] = "1. " . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('enablews', 'webservice'),
9125 array('href' => $url));
9126 $status = html_writer::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
9127 if ($CFG->enablewebservices) {
9128 $status = get_string('yes');
9130 $row[1] = $status;
9131 $row[2] = get_string('enablewsdescription', 'webservice');
9132 $table->data[] = $row;
9134 /// 2. Enable protocols
9135 $row = array();
9136 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=webserviceprotocols");
9137 $row[0] = "2. " . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('enableprotocols', 'webservice'),
9138 array('href' => $url));
9139 $status = html_writer::tag('span', get_string('none'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
9140 //retrieve activated protocol
9141 $active_protocols = empty($CFG->webserviceprotocols) ?
9142 array() : explode(',', $CFG->webserviceprotocols);
9143 if (!empty($active_protocols)) {
9144 $status = "";
9145 foreach ($active_protocols as $protocol) {
9146 $status .= $protocol . $brtag;
9149 $row[1] = $status;
9150 $row[2] = get_string('enableprotocolsdescription', 'webservice');
9151 $table->data[] = $row;
9153 /// 3. Create user account
9154 $row = array();
9155 $url = new moodle_url("/user/editadvanced.php?id=-1");
9156 $row[0] = "3. " . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('createuser', 'webservice'),
9157 array('href' => $url));
9158 $row[1] = "";
9159 $row[2] = get_string('createuserdescription', 'webservice');
9160 $table->data[] = $row;
9162 /// 4. Add capability to users
9163 $row = array();
9164 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/roles/check.php?contextid=1");
9165 $row[0] = "4. " . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('checkusercapability', 'webservice'),
9166 array('href' => $url));
9167 $row[1] = "";
9168 $row[2] = get_string('checkusercapabilitydescription', 'webservice');
9169 $table->data[] = $row;
9171 /// 5. Select a web service
9172 $row = array();
9173 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=externalservices");
9174 $row[0] = "5. " . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('selectservice', 'webservice'),
9175 array('href' => $url));
9176 $row[1] = "";
9177 $row[2] = get_string('createservicedescription', 'webservice');
9178 $table->data[] = $row;
9180 /// 6. Add functions
9181 $row = array();
9182 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=externalservices");
9183 $row[0] = "6. " . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('addfunctions', 'webservice'),
9184 array('href' => $url));
9185 $row[1] = "";
9186 $row[2] = get_string('addfunctionsdescription', 'webservice');
9187 $table->data[] = $row;
9189 /// 7. Add the specific user
9190 $row = array();
9191 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=externalservices");
9192 $row[0] = "7. " . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('selectspecificuser', 'webservice'),
9193 array('href' => $url));
9194 $row[1] = "";
9195 $row[2] = get_string('selectspecificuserdescription', 'webservice');
9196 $table->data[] = $row;
9198 /// 8. Create token for the specific user
9199 $row = array();
9200 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/webservice/tokens.php?sesskey=" . sesskey() . "&action=create");
9201 $row[0] = "8. " . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('createtokenforuser', 'webservice'),
9202 array('href' => $url));
9203 $row[1] = "";
9204 $row[2] = get_string('createtokenforuserdescription', 'webservice');
9205 $table->data[] = $row;
9207 /// 9. Enable the documentation
9208 $row = array();
9209 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/search.php?query=enablewsdocumentation");
9210 $row[0] = "9. " . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('enabledocumentation', 'webservice'),
9211 array('href' => $url));
9212 $status = '<span class="warning">' . get_string('no') . '</span>';
9213 if ($CFG->enablewsdocumentation) {
9214 $status = get_string('yes');
9216 $row[1] = $status;
9217 $row[2] = get_string('enabledocumentationdescription', 'webservice');
9218 $table->data[] = $row;
9220 /// 10. Test the service
9221 $row = array();
9222 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/webservice/testclient.php");
9223 $row[0] = "10. " . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('testwithtestclient', 'webservice'),
9224 array('href' => $url));
9225 $row[1] = "";
9226 $row[2] = get_string('testwithtestclientdescription', 'webservice');
9227 $table->data[] = $row;
9229 $return .= html_writer::table($table);
9231 /// Users as clients with token
9232 $return .= $brtag . $brtag . $brtag;
9233 $return .= $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('userasclients', 'webservice'), 3, 'main');
9234 $table = new html_table();
9235 $table->head = array(get_string('step', 'webservice'), get_string('status'),
9236 get_string('description'));
9237 $table->colclasses = array('leftalign step', 'leftalign status', 'leftalign description');
9238 $table->id = 'userasclients';
9239 $table->attributes['class'] = 'admintable wsoverview generaltable';
9240 $table->data = array();
9242 $return .= $brtag . get_string('userasclientsdescription', 'webservice') .
9243 $brtag . $brtag;
9245 /// 1. Enable Web Services
9246 $row = array();
9247 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/search.php?query=enablewebservices");
9248 $row[0] = "1. " . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('enablews', 'webservice'),
9249 array('href' => $url));
9250 $status = html_writer::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
9251 if ($CFG->enablewebservices) {
9252 $status = get_string('yes');
9254 $row[1] = $status;
9255 $row[2] = get_string('enablewsdescription', 'webservice');
9256 $table->data[] = $row;
9258 /// 2. Enable protocols
9259 $row = array();
9260 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=webserviceprotocols");
9261 $row[0] = "2. " . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('enableprotocols', 'webservice'),
9262 array('href' => $url));
9263 $status = html_writer::tag('span', get_string('none'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
9264 //retrieve activated protocol
9265 $active_protocols = empty($CFG->webserviceprotocols) ?
9266 array() : explode(',', $CFG->webserviceprotocols);
9267 if (!empty($active_protocols)) {
9268 $status = "";
9269 foreach ($active_protocols as $protocol) {
9270 $status .= $protocol . $brtag;
9273 $row[1] = $status;
9274 $row[2] = get_string('enableprotocolsdescription', 'webservice');
9275 $table->data[] = $row;
9278 /// 3. Select a web service
9279 $row = array();
9280 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=externalservices");
9281 $row[0] = "3. " . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('selectservice', 'webservice'),
9282 array('href' => $url));
9283 $row[1] = "";
9284 $row[2] = get_string('createserviceforusersdescription', 'webservice');
9285 $table->data[] = $row;
9287 /// 4. Add functions
9288 $row = array();
9289 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=externalservices");
9290 $row[0] = "4. " . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('addfunctions', 'webservice'),
9291 array('href' => $url));
9292 $row[1] = "";
9293 $row[2] = get_string('addfunctionsdescription', 'webservice');
9294 $table->data[] = $row;
9296 /// 5. Add capability to users
9297 $row = array();
9298 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/roles/check.php?contextid=1");
9299 $row[0] = "5. " . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('addcapabilitytousers', 'webservice'),
9300 array('href' => $url));
9301 $row[1] = "";
9302 $row[2] = get_string('addcapabilitytousersdescription', 'webservice');
9303 $table->data[] = $row;
9305 /// 6. Test the service
9306 $row = array();
9307 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/webservice/testclient.php");
9308 $row[0] = "6. " . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('testwithtestclient', 'webservice'),
9309 array('href' => $url));
9310 $row[1] = "";
9311 $row[2] = get_string('testauserwithtestclientdescription', 'webservice');
9312 $table->data[] = $row;
9314 $return .= html_writer::table($table);
9316 return highlight($query, $return);
9323 * Special class for web service protocol administration.
9325 * @author Petr Skoda (skodak)
9327 class admin_setting_managewebserviceprotocols extends admin_setting {
9330 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
9332 public function __construct() {
9333 $this->nosave = true;
9334 parent::__construct('webservicesui', get_string('manageprotocols', 'webservice'), '', '');
9338 * Always returns true, does nothing
9340 * @return true
9342 public function get_setting() {
9343 return true;
9347 * Always returns true, does nothing
9349 * @return true
9351 public function get_defaultsetting() {
9352 return true;
9356 * Always returns '', does not write anything
9358 * @return string Always returns ''
9360 public function write_setting($data) {
9361 // do not write any setting
9362 return '';
9366 * Checks if $query is one of the available webservices
9368 * @param string $query The string to search for
9369 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
9371 public function is_related($query) {
9372 if (parent::is_related($query)) {
9373 return true;
9376 $protocols = core_component::get_plugin_list('webservice');
9377 foreach ($protocols as $protocol=>$location) {
9378 if (strpos($protocol, $query) !== false) {
9379 return true;
9381 $protocolstr = get_string('pluginname', 'webservice_'.$protocol);
9382 if (strpos(core_text::strtolower($protocolstr), $query) !== false) {
9383 return true;
9386 return false;
9390 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
9392 * @param string $data Unused
9393 * @param string $query
9394 * @return string
9396 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
9397 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
9399 // display strings
9400 $stradministration = get_string('administration');
9401 $strsettings = get_string('settings');
9402 $stredit = get_string('edit');
9403 $strprotocol = get_string('protocol', 'webservice');
9404 $strenable = get_string('enable');
9405 $strdisable = get_string('disable');
9406 $strversion = get_string('version');
9408 $protocols_available = core_component::get_plugin_list('webservice');
9409 $active_protocols = empty($CFG->webserviceprotocols) ? array() : explode(',', $CFG->webserviceprotocols);
9410 ksort($protocols_available);
9412 foreach ($active_protocols as $key=>$protocol) {
9413 if (empty($protocols_available[$protocol])) {
9414 unset($active_protocols[$key]);
9418 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('actwebserviceshhdr', 'webservice'), 3, 'main');
9419 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox webservicesui');
9421 $table = new html_table();
9422 $table->head = array($strprotocol, $strversion, $strenable, $strsettings);
9423 $table->colclasses = array('leftalign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
9424 $table->id = 'webserviceprotocols';
9425 $table->attributes['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
9426 $table->data = array();
9428 // iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table
9429 $url = "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/webservice/protocols.php?sesskey=" . sesskey();
9430 foreach ($protocols_available as $protocol => $location) {
9431 $name = get_string('pluginname', 'webservice_'.$protocol);
9433 $plugin = new stdClass();
9434 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot.'/webservice/'.$protocol.'/version.php')) {
9435 include($CFG->dirroot.'/webservice/'.$protocol.'/version.php');
9437 $version = isset($plugin->version) ? $plugin->version : '';
9439 // hide/show link
9440 if (in_array($protocol, $active_protocols)) {
9441 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&amp;action=disable&amp;webservice=$protocol\">";
9442 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $strdisable) . '</a>';
9443 $displayname = "<span>$name</span>";
9444 } else {
9445 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&amp;action=enable&amp;webservice=$protocol\">";
9446 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $strenable) . '</a>';
9447 $displayname = "<span class=\"dimmed_text\">$name</span>";
9450 // settings link
9451 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot.'/webservice/'.$protocol.'/settings.php')) {
9452 $settings = "<a href=\"settings.php?section=webservicesetting$protocol\">$strsettings</a>";
9453 } else {
9454 $settings = '';
9457 // add a row to the table
9458 $table->data[] = array($displayname, $version, $hideshow, $settings);
9460 $return .= html_writer::table($table);
9461 $return .= get_string('configwebserviceplugins', 'webservice');
9462 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
9464 return highlight($query, $return);
9470 * Special class for web service token administration.
9472 * @author Jerome Mouneyrac
9474 class admin_setting_managewebservicetokens extends admin_setting {
9477 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
9479 public function __construct() {
9480 $this->nosave = true;
9481 parent::__construct('webservicestokenui', get_string('managetokens', 'webservice'), '', '');
9485 * Always returns true, does nothing
9487 * @return true
9489 public function get_setting() {
9490 return true;
9494 * Always returns true, does nothing
9496 * @return true
9498 public function get_defaultsetting() {
9499 return true;
9503 * Always returns '', does not write anything
9505 * @return string Always returns ''
9507 public function write_setting($data) {
9508 // do not write any setting
9509 return '';
9513 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
9515 * @param string $data Unused
9516 * @param string $query
9517 * @return string
9519 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
9520 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
9522 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/webservice/classes/token_table.php');
9523 $baseurl = new moodle_url('/' . $CFG->admin . '/settings.php?section=webservicetokens');
9525 $return = $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox webservicestokenui');
9527 if (has_capability('moodle/webservice:managealltokens', context_system::instance())) {
9528 $return .= \html_writer::div(get_string('onlyseecreatedtokens', 'webservice'));
9531 $table = new \webservice\token_table('webservicetokens');
9532 $table->define_baseurl($baseurl);
9533 $table->attributes['class'] = 'admintable generaltable'; // Any need changing?
9534 $table->data = array();
9535 ob_start();
9536 $table->out(10, false);
9537 $tablehtml = ob_get_contents();
9538 ob_end_clean();
9539 $return .= $tablehtml;
9541 $tokenpageurl = "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/webservice/tokens.php?sesskey=" . sesskey();
9543 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
9544 // add a token to the table
9545 $return .= "<a href=\"".$tokenpageurl."&amp;action=create\">";
9546 $return .= get_string('add')."</a>";
9548 return highlight($query, $return);
9554 * Colour picker
9556 * @copyright 2010 Sam Hemelryk
9557 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
9559 class admin_setting_configcolourpicker extends admin_setting {
9562 * Information for previewing the colour
9564 * @var array|null
9566 protected $previewconfig = null;
9569 * Use default when empty.
9571 protected $usedefaultwhenempty = true;
9575 * @param string $name
9576 * @param string $visiblename
9577 * @param string $description
9578 * @param string $defaultsetting
9579 * @param array $previewconfig Array('selector'=>'.some .css .selector','style'=>'backgroundColor');
9581 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, array $previewconfig = null,
9582 $usedefaultwhenempty = true) {
9583 $this->previewconfig = $previewconfig;
9584 $this->usedefaultwhenempty = $usedefaultwhenempty;
9585 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
9586 $this->set_force_ltr(true);
9590 * Return the setting
9592 * @return mixed returns config if successful else null
9594 public function get_setting() {
9595 return $this->config_read($this->name);
9599 * Saves the setting
9601 * @param string $data
9602 * @return bool
9604 public function write_setting($data) {
9605 $data = $this->validate($data);
9606 if ($data === false) {
9607 return get_string('validateerror', 'admin');
9609 return ($this->config_write($this->name, $data) ? '' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
9613 * Validates the colour that was entered by the user
9615 * @param string $data
9616 * @return string|false
9618 protected function validate($data) {
9620 * List of valid HTML colour names
9622 * @var array
9624 $colornames = array(
9625 'aliceblue', 'antiquewhite', 'aqua', 'aquamarine', 'azure',
9626 'beige', 'bisque', 'black', 'blanchedalmond', 'blue',
9627 'blueviolet', 'brown', 'burlywood', 'cadetblue', 'chartreuse',
9628 'chocolate', 'coral', 'cornflowerblue', 'cornsilk', 'crimson',
9629 'cyan', 'darkblue', 'darkcyan', 'darkgoldenrod', 'darkgray',
9630 'darkgrey', 'darkgreen', 'darkkhaki', 'darkmagenta',
9631 'darkolivegreen', 'darkorange', 'darkorchid', 'darkred',
9632 'darksalmon', 'darkseagreen', 'darkslateblue', 'darkslategray',
9633 'darkslategrey', 'darkturquoise', 'darkviolet', 'deeppink',
9634 'deepskyblue', 'dimgray', 'dimgrey', 'dodgerblue', 'firebrick',
9635 'floralwhite', 'forestgreen', 'fuchsia', 'gainsboro',
9636 'ghostwhite', 'gold', 'goldenrod', 'gray', 'grey', 'green',
9637 'greenyellow', 'honeydew', 'hotpink', 'indianred', 'indigo',
9638 'ivory', 'khaki', 'lavender', 'lavenderblush', 'lawngreen',
9639 'lemonchiffon', 'lightblue', 'lightcoral', 'lightcyan',
9640 'lightgoldenrodyellow', 'lightgray', 'lightgrey', 'lightgreen',
9641 'lightpink', 'lightsalmon', 'lightseagreen', 'lightskyblue',
9642 'lightslategray', 'lightslategrey', 'lightsteelblue', 'lightyellow',
9643 'lime', 'limegreen', 'linen', 'magenta', 'maroon',
9644 'mediumaquamarine', 'mediumblue', 'mediumorchid', 'mediumpurple',
9645 'mediumseagreen', 'mediumslateblue', 'mediumspringgreen',
9646 'mediumturquoise', 'mediumvioletred', 'midnightblue', 'mintcream',
9647 'mistyrose', 'moccasin', 'navajowhite', 'navy', 'oldlace', 'olive',
9648 'olivedrab', 'orange', 'orangered', 'orchid', 'palegoldenrod',
9649 'palegreen', 'paleturquoise', 'palevioletred', 'papayawhip',
9650 'peachpuff', 'peru', 'pink', 'plum', 'powderblue', 'purple', 'red',
9651 'rosybrown', 'royalblue', 'saddlebrown', 'salmon', 'sandybrown',
9652 'seagreen', 'seashell', 'sienna', 'silver', 'skyblue', 'slateblue',
9653 'slategray', 'slategrey', 'snow', 'springgreen', 'steelblue', 'tan',
9654 'teal', 'thistle', 'tomato', 'turquoise', 'violet', 'wheat', 'white',
9655 'whitesmoke', 'yellow', 'yellowgreen'
9658 if (preg_match('/^#?([[:xdigit:]]{3}){1,2}$/', $data)) {
9659 if (strpos($data, '#')!==0) {
9660 $data = '#'.$data;
9662 return $data;
9663 } else if (in_array(strtolower($data), $colornames)) {
9664 return $data;
9665 } else if (preg_match('/rgb\(\d{0,3}%?\, ?\d{0,3}%?, ?\d{0,3}%?\)/i', $data)) {
9666 return $data;
9667 } else if (preg_match('/rgba\(\d{0,3}%?\, ?\d{0,3}%?, ?\d{0,3}%?\, ?\d(\.\d)?\)/i', $data)) {
9668 return $data;
9669 } else if (preg_match('/hsl\(\d{0,3}\, ?\d{0,3}%, ?\d{0,3}%\)/i', $data)) {
9670 return $data;
9671 } else if (preg_match('/hsla\(\d{0,3}\, ?\d{0,3}%,\d{0,3}%\, ?\d(\.\d)?\)/i', $data)) {
9672 return $data;
9673 } else if (($data == 'transparent') || ($data == 'currentColor') || ($data == 'inherit')) {
9674 return $data;
9675 } else if (empty($data)) {
9676 if ($this->usedefaultwhenempty){
9677 return $this->defaultsetting;
9678 } else {
9679 return '';
9681 } else {
9682 return false;
9687 * Generates the HTML for the setting
9689 * @global moodle_page $PAGE
9690 * @global core_renderer $OUTPUT
9691 * @param string $data
9692 * @param string $query
9694 public function output_html($data, $query = '') {
9695 global $PAGE, $OUTPUT;
9697 $icon = new pix_icon('i/loading', get_string('loading', 'admin'), 'moodle', ['class' => 'loadingicon']);
9698 $context = (object) [
9699 'id' => $this->get_id(),
9700 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
9701 'value' => $data,
9702 'icon' => $icon->export_for_template($OUTPUT),
9703 'haspreviewconfig' => !empty($this->previewconfig),
9704 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr()
9707 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configcolourpicker', $context);
9708 $PAGE->requires->js_init_call('M.util.init_colour_picker', array($this->get_id(), $this->previewconfig));
9710 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, true, '',
9711 $this->get_defaultsetting(), $query);
9718 * Class used for uploading of one file into file storage,
9719 * the file name is stored in config table.
9721 * Please note you need to implement your own '_pluginfile' callback function,
9722 * this setting only stores the file, it does not deal with file serving.
9724 * @copyright 2013 Petr Skoda {@link http://skodak.org}
9725 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
9727 class admin_setting_configstoredfile extends admin_setting {
9728 /** @var array file area options - should be one file only */
9729 protected $options;
9730 /** @var string name of the file area */
9731 protected $filearea;
9732 /** @var int intemid */
9733 protected $itemid;
9734 /** @var string used for detection of changes */
9735 protected $oldhashes;
9738 * Create new stored file setting.
9740 * @param string $name low level setting name
9741 * @param string $visiblename human readable setting name
9742 * @param string $description description of setting
9743 * @param mixed $filearea file area for file storage
9744 * @param int $itemid itemid for file storage
9745 * @param array $options file area options
9747 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $filearea, $itemid = 0, array $options = null) {
9748 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, '');
9749 $this->filearea = $filearea;
9750 $this->itemid = $itemid;
9751 $this->options = (array)$options;
9755 * Applies defaults and returns all options.
9756 * @return array
9758 protected function get_options() {
9759 global $CFG;
9761 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
9762 require_once("$CFG->dirroot/repository/lib.php");
9763 $defaults = array(
9764 'mainfile' => '', 'subdirs' => 0, 'maxbytes' => -1, 'maxfiles' => 1,
9765 'accepted_types' => '*', 'return_types' => FILE_INTERNAL, 'areamaxbytes' => FILE_AREA_MAX_BYTES_UNLIMITED,
9766 'context' => context_system::instance());
9767 foreach($this->options as $k => $v) {
9768 $defaults[$k] = $v;
9771 return $defaults;
9774 public function get_setting() {
9775 return $this->config_read($this->name);
9778 public function write_setting($data) {
9779 global $USER;
9781 // Let's not deal with validation here, this is for admins only.
9782 $current = $this->get_setting();
9783 if (empty($data) && $current === null) {
9784 // This will be the case when applying default settings (installation).
9785 return ($this->config_write($this->name, '') ? '' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
9786 } else if (!is_number($data)) {
9787 // Draft item id is expected here!
9788 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
9791 $options = $this->get_options();
9792 $fs = get_file_storage();
9793 $component = is_null($this->plugin) ? 'core' : $this->plugin;
9795 $this->oldhashes = null;
9796 if ($current) {
9797 $hash = sha1('/'.$options['context']->id.'/'.$component.'/'.$this->filearea.'/'.$this->itemid.$current);
9798 if ($file = $fs->get_file_by_hash($hash)) {
9799 $this->oldhashes = $file->get_contenthash().$file->get_pathnamehash();
9801 unset($file);
9804 if ($fs->file_exists($options['context']->id, $component, $this->filearea, $this->itemid, '/', '.')) {
9805 // Make sure the settings form was not open for more than 4 days and draft areas deleted in the meantime.
9806 // But we can safely ignore that if the destination area is empty, so that the user is not prompt
9807 // with an error because the draft area does not exist, as he did not use it.
9808 $usercontext = context_user::instance($USER->id);
9809 if (!$fs->file_exists($usercontext->id, 'user', 'draft', $data, '/', '.') && $current !== '') {
9810 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
9814 file_save_draft_area_files($data, $options['context']->id, $component, $this->filearea, $this->itemid, $options);
9815 $files = $fs->get_area_files($options['context']->id, $component, $this->filearea, $this->itemid, 'sortorder,filepath,filename', false);
9817 $filepath = '';
9818 if ($files) {
9819 /** @var stored_file $file */
9820 $file = reset($files);
9821 $filepath = $file->get_filepath().$file->get_filename();
9824 return ($this->config_write($this->name, $filepath) ? '' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
9827 public function post_write_settings($original) {
9828 $options = $this->get_options();
9829 $fs = get_file_storage();
9830 $component = is_null($this->plugin) ? 'core' : $this->plugin;
9832 $current = $this->get_setting();
9833 $newhashes = null;
9834 if ($current) {
9835 $hash = sha1('/'.$options['context']->id.'/'.$component.'/'.$this->filearea.'/'.$this->itemid.$current);
9836 if ($file = $fs->get_file_by_hash($hash)) {
9837 $newhashes = $file->get_contenthash().$file->get_pathnamehash();
9839 unset($file);
9842 if ($this->oldhashes === $newhashes) {
9843 $this->oldhashes = null;
9844 return false;
9846 $this->oldhashes = null;
9848 $callbackfunction = $this->updatedcallback;
9849 if (!empty($callbackfunction) and function_exists($callbackfunction)) {
9850 $callbackfunction($this->get_full_name());
9852 return true;
9855 public function output_html($data, $query = '') {
9856 global $PAGE, $CFG;
9858 $options = $this->get_options();
9859 $id = $this->get_id();
9860 $elname = $this->get_full_name();
9861 $draftitemid = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid($elname);
9862 $component = is_null($this->plugin) ? 'core' : $this->plugin;
9863 file_prepare_draft_area($draftitemid, $options['context']->id, $component, $this->filearea, $this->itemid, $options);
9865 // Filemanager form element implementation is far from optimal, we need to rework this if we ever fix it...
9866 require_once("$CFG->dirroot/lib/form/filemanager.php");
9868 $fmoptions = new stdClass();
9869 $fmoptions->mainfile = $options['mainfile'];
9870 $fmoptions->maxbytes = $options['maxbytes'];
9871 $fmoptions->maxfiles = $options['maxfiles'];
9872 $fmoptions->client_id = uniqid();
9873 $fmoptions->itemid = $draftitemid;
9874 $fmoptions->subdirs = $options['subdirs'];
9875 $fmoptions->target = $id;
9876 $fmoptions->accepted_types = $options['accepted_types'];
9877 $fmoptions->return_types = $options['return_types'];
9878 $fmoptions->context = $options['context'];
9879 $fmoptions->areamaxbytes = $options['areamaxbytes'];
9881 $fm = new form_filemanager($fmoptions);
9882 $output = $PAGE->get_renderer('core', 'files');
9883 $html = $output->render($fm);
9885 $html .= '<input value="'.$draftitemid.'" name="'.$elname.'" type="hidden" />';
9886 $html .= '<input value="" id="'.$id.'" type="hidden" />';
9888 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename,
9889 '<div class="form-filemanager" data-fieldtype="filemanager">'.$html.'</div>',
9890 $this->description, true, '', '', $query);
9896 * Administration interface for user specified regular expressions for device detection.
9898 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
9900 class admin_setting_devicedetectregex extends admin_setting {
9903 * Calls parent::__construct with specific args
9905 * @param string $name
9906 * @param string $visiblename
9907 * @param string $description
9908 * @param mixed $defaultsetting
9910 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting = '') {
9911 global $CFG;
9912 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
9916 * Return the current setting(s)
9918 * @return array Current settings array
9920 public function get_setting() {
9921 global $CFG;
9923 $config = $this->config_read($this->name);
9924 if (is_null($config)) {
9925 return null;
9928 return $this->prepare_form_data($config);
9932 * Save selected settings
9934 * @param array $data Array of settings to save
9935 * @return bool
9937 public function write_setting($data) {
9938 if (empty($data)) {
9939 $data = array();
9942 if ($this->config_write($this->name, $this->process_form_data($data))) {
9943 return ''; // success
9944 } else {
9945 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin') . $this->visiblename . html_writer::empty_tag('br');
9950 * Return XHTML field(s) for regexes
9952 * @param array $data Array of options to set in HTML
9953 * @return string XHTML string for the fields and wrapping div(s)
9955 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
9956 global $OUTPUT;
9958 $context = (object) [
9959 'expressions' => [],
9960 'name' => $this->get_full_name()
9963 if (empty($data)) {
9964 $looplimit = 1;
9965 } else {
9966 $looplimit = (count($data)/2)+1;
9969 for ($i=0; $i<$looplimit; $i++) {
9971 $expressionname = 'expression'.$i;
9973 if (!empty($data[$expressionname])){
9974 $expression = $data[$expressionname];
9975 } else {
9976 $expression = '';
9979 $valuename = 'value'.$i;
9981 if (!empty($data[$valuename])){
9982 $value = $data[$valuename];
9983 } else {
9984 $value= '';
9987 $context->expressions[] = [
9988 'index' => $i,
9989 'expression' => $expression,
9990 'value' => $value
9994 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_devicedetectregex', $context);
9996 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, false, '', null, $query);
10000 * Converts the string of regexes
10002 * @see self::process_form_data()
10003 * @param $regexes string of regexes
10004 * @return array of form fields and their values
10006 protected function prepare_form_data($regexes) {
10008 $regexes = json_decode($regexes);
10010 $form = array();
10012 $i = 0;
10014 foreach ($regexes as $value => $regex) {
10015 $expressionname = 'expression'.$i;
10016 $valuename = 'value'.$i;
10018 $form[$expressionname] = $regex;
10019 $form[$valuename] = $value;
10020 $i++;
10023 return $form;
10027 * Converts the data from admin settings form into a string of regexes
10029 * @see self::prepare_form_data()
10030 * @param array $data array of admin form fields and values
10031 * @return false|string of regexes
10033 protected function process_form_data(array $form) {
10035 $count = count($form); // number of form field values
10037 if ($count % 2) {
10038 // we must get five fields per expression
10039 return false;
10042 $regexes = array();
10043 for ($i = 0; $i < $count / 2; $i++) {
10044 $expressionname = "expression".$i;
10045 $valuename = "value".$i;
10047 $expression = trim($form['expression'.$i]);
10048 $value = trim($form['value'.$i]);
10050 if (empty($expression)){
10051 continue;
10054 $regexes[$value] = $expression;
10057 $regexes = json_encode($regexes);
10059 return $regexes;
10065 * Multiselect for current modules
10067 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10069 class admin_setting_configmultiselect_modules extends admin_setting_configmultiselect {
10070 private $excludesystem;
10073 * Calls parent::__construct - note array $choices is not required
10075 * @param string $name setting name
10076 * @param string $visiblename localised setting name
10077 * @param string $description setting description
10078 * @param array $defaultsetting a plain array of default module ids
10079 * @param bool $excludesystem If true, excludes modules with 'system' archetype
10081 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting = array(),
10082 $excludesystem = true) {
10083 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, null);
10084 $this->excludesystem = $excludesystem;
10088 * Loads an array of current module choices
10090 * @return bool always return true
10092 public function load_choices() {
10093 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
10094 return true;
10096 $this->choices = array();
10098 global $CFG, $DB;
10099 $records = $DB->get_records('modules', array('visible'=>1), 'name');
10100 foreach ($records as $record) {
10101 // Exclude modules if the code doesn't exist
10102 if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$record->name/lib.php")) {
10103 // Also exclude system modules (if specified)
10104 if (!($this->excludesystem &&
10105 plugin_supports('mod', $record->name, FEATURE_MOD_ARCHETYPE) ===
10106 MOD_ARCHETYPE_SYSTEM)) {
10107 $this->choices[$record->id] = $record->name;
10111 return true;
10116 * Admin setting to show if a php extension is enabled or not.
10118 * @copyright 2013 Damyon Wiese
10119 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10121 class admin_setting_php_extension_enabled extends admin_setting {
10123 /** @var string The name of the extension to check for */
10124 private $extension;
10127 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
10129 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $extension) {
10130 $this->extension = $extension;
10131 $this->nosave = true;
10132 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, '');
10136 * Always returns true, does nothing
10138 * @return true
10140 public function get_setting() {
10141 return true;
10145 * Always returns true, does nothing
10147 * @return true
10149 public function get_defaultsetting() {
10150 return true;
10154 * Always returns '', does not write anything
10156 * @return string Always returns ''
10158 public function write_setting($data) {
10159 // Do not write any setting.
10160 return '';
10164 * Outputs the html for this setting.
10165 * @return string Returns an XHTML string
10167 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
10168 global $OUTPUT;
10170 $o = '';
10171 if (!extension_loaded($this->extension)) {
10172 $warning = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('i/warning', '', '', array('role' => 'presentation')) . ' ' . $this->description;
10174 $o .= format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $warning);
10176 return $o;
10181 * Server timezone setting.
10183 * @copyright 2015 Totara Learning Solutions Ltd {@link http://www.totaralms.com/}
10184 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10185 * @author Petr Skoda <petr.skoda@totaralms.com>
10187 class admin_setting_servertimezone extends admin_setting_configselect {
10189 * Constructor.
10191 public function __construct() {
10192 $default = core_date::get_default_php_timezone();
10193 if ($default === 'UTC') {
10194 // Nobody really wants UTC, so instead default selection to the country that is confused by the UTC the most.
10195 $default = 'Europe/London';
10198 parent::__construct('timezone',
10199 new lang_string('timezone', 'core_admin'),
10200 new lang_string('configtimezone', 'core_admin'), $default, null);
10204 * Lazy load timezone options.
10205 * @return bool true if loaded, false if error
10207 public function load_choices() {
10208 global $CFG;
10209 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
10210 return true;
10213 $current = isset($CFG->timezone) ? $CFG->timezone : null;
10214 $this->choices = core_date::get_list_of_timezones($current, false);
10215 if ($current == 99) {
10216 // Do not show 99 unless it is current value, we want to get rid of it over time.
10217 $this->choices['99'] = new lang_string('timezonephpdefault', 'core_admin',
10218 core_date::get_default_php_timezone());
10221 return true;
10226 * Forced user timezone setting.
10228 * @copyright 2015 Totara Learning Solutions Ltd {@link http://www.totaralms.com/}
10229 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10230 * @author Petr Skoda <petr.skoda@totaralms.com>
10232 class admin_setting_forcetimezone extends admin_setting_configselect {
10234 * Constructor.
10236 public function __construct() {
10237 parent::__construct('forcetimezone',
10238 new lang_string('forcetimezone', 'core_admin'),
10239 new lang_string('helpforcetimezone', 'core_admin'), '99', null);
10243 * Lazy load timezone options.
10244 * @return bool true if loaded, false if error
10246 public function load_choices() {
10247 global $CFG;
10248 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
10249 return true;
10252 $current = isset($CFG->forcetimezone) ? $CFG->forcetimezone : null;
10253 $this->choices = core_date::get_list_of_timezones($current, true);
10254 $this->choices['99'] = new lang_string('timezonenotforced', 'core_admin');
10256 return true;
10262 * Search setup steps info.
10264 * @package core
10265 * @copyright 2016 David Monllao {@link http://www.davidmonllao.com}
10266 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10268 class admin_setting_searchsetupinfo extends admin_setting {
10271 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
10273 public function __construct() {
10274 $this->nosave = true;
10275 parent::__construct('searchsetupinfo', '', '', '');
10279 * Always returns true, does nothing
10281 * @return true
10283 public function get_setting() {
10284 return true;
10288 * Always returns true, does nothing
10290 * @return true
10292 public function get_defaultsetting() {
10293 return true;
10297 * Always returns '', does not write anything
10299 * @param array $data
10300 * @return string Always returns ''
10302 public function write_setting($data) {
10303 // Do not write any setting.
10304 return '';
10308 * Builds the HTML to display the control
10310 * @param string $data Unused
10311 * @param string $query
10312 * @return string
10314 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
10315 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
10317 $return = '';
10318 $brtag = html_writer::empty_tag('br');
10320 $searchareas = \core_search\manager::get_search_areas_list();
10321 $anyenabled = !empty(\core_search\manager::get_search_areas_list(true));
10322 $anyindexed = false;
10323 foreach ($searchareas as $areaid => $searcharea) {
10324 list($componentname, $varname) = $searcharea->get_config_var_name();
10325 if (get_config($componentname, $varname . '_indexingstart')) {
10326 $anyindexed = true;
10327 break;
10331 $return .= $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('searchsetupinfo', 'admin'), 3, 'main');
10333 $table = new html_table();
10334 $table->head = array(get_string('step', 'search'), get_string('status'));
10335 $table->colclasses = array('leftalign step', 'leftalign status');
10336 $table->id = 'searchsetup';
10337 $table->attributes['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
10338 $table->data = array();
10340 $return .= $brtag . get_string('searchsetupdescription', 'search') . $brtag . $brtag;
10342 // Select a search engine.
10343 $row = array();
10344 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php?section=manageglobalsearch#admin-searchengine');
10345 $row[0] = '1. ' . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('selectsearchengine', 'admin'),
10346 array('href' => $url));
10348 $status = html_writer::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
10349 if (!empty($CFG->searchengine)) {
10350 $status = html_writer::tag('span', get_string('pluginname', 'search_' . $CFG->searchengine),
10351 array('class' => 'statusok'));
10354 $row[1] = $status;
10355 $table->data[] = $row;
10357 // Available areas.
10358 $row = array();
10359 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/searchareas.php');
10360 $row[0] = '2. ' . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('enablesearchareas', 'admin'),
10361 array('href' => $url));
10363 $status = html_writer::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
10364 if ($anyenabled) {
10365 $status = html_writer::tag('span', get_string('yes'), array('class' => 'statusok'));
10368 $row[1] = $status;
10369 $table->data[] = $row;
10371 // Setup search engine.
10372 $row = array();
10373 if (empty($CFG->searchengine)) {
10374 $row[0] = '3. ' . get_string('setupsearchengine', 'admin');
10375 $row[1] = html_writer::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
10376 } else {
10377 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php?section=search' . $CFG->searchengine);
10378 $row[0] = '3. ' . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('setupsearchengine', 'admin'),
10379 array('href' => $url));
10380 // Check the engine status.
10381 $searchengine = \core_search\manager::search_engine_instance();
10382 try {
10383 $serverstatus = $searchengine->is_server_ready();
10384 } catch (\moodle_exception $e) {
10385 $serverstatus = $e->getMessage();
10387 if ($serverstatus === true) {
10388 $status = html_writer::tag('span', get_string('yes'), array('class' => 'statusok'));
10389 } else {
10390 $status = html_writer::tag('span', $serverstatus, array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
10392 $row[1] = $status;
10394 $table->data[] = $row;
10396 // Indexed data.
10397 $row = array();
10398 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/searchareas.php');
10399 $row[0] = '4. ' . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('indexdata', 'admin'), array('href' => $url));
10400 if ($anyindexed) {
10401 $status = html_writer::tag('span', get_string('yes'), array('class' => 'statusok'));
10402 } else {
10403 $status = html_writer::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
10405 $row[1] = $status;
10406 $table->data[] = $row;
10408 // Enable global search.
10409 $row = array();
10410 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/search.php?query=enableglobalsearch");
10411 $row[0] = '5. ' . html_writer::tag('a', get_string('enableglobalsearch', 'admin'),
10412 array('href' => $url));
10413 $status = html_writer::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'statuscritical'));
10414 if (\core_search\manager::is_global_search_enabled()) {
10415 $status = html_writer::tag('span', get_string('yes'), array('class' => 'statusok'));
10417 $row[1] = $status;
10418 $table->data[] = $row;
10420 $return .= html_writer::table($table);
10422 return highlight($query, $return);
10428 * Used to validate the contents of SCSS code and ensuring they are parsable.
10430 * It does not attempt to detect undefined SCSS variables because it is designed
10431 * to be used without knowledge of other config/scss included.
10433 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10434 * @copyright 2016 Dan Poltawski <dan@moodle.com>
10436 class admin_setting_scsscode extends admin_setting_configtextarea {
10439 * Validate the contents of the SCSS to ensure its parsable. Does not
10440 * attempt to detect undefined scss variables.
10442 * @param string $data The scss code from text field.
10443 * @return mixed bool true for success or string:error on failure.
10445 public function validate($data) {
10446 if (empty($data)) {
10447 return true;
10450 $scss = new core_scss();
10451 try {
10452 $scss->compile($data);
10453 } catch (Leafo\ScssPhp\Exception\ParserException $e) {
10454 return get_string('scssinvalid', 'admin', $e->getMessage());
10455 } catch (Leafo\ScssPhp\Exception\CompilerException $e) {
10456 // Silently ignore this - it could be a scss variable defined from somewhere
10457 // else which we are not examining here.
10458 return true;
10461 return true;
10467 * Administration setting to define a list of file types.
10469 * @copyright 2016 Jonathon Fowler <fowlerj@usq.edu.au>
10470 * @copyright 2017 David Mudrák <david@moodle.com>
10471 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10473 class admin_setting_filetypes extends admin_setting_configtext {
10475 /** @var array Allow selection from these file types only. */
10476 protected $onlytypes = [];
10478 /** @var bool Allow selection of 'All file types' (will be stored as '*'). */
10479 protected $allowall = true;
10481 /** @var core_form\filetypes_util instance to use as a helper. */
10482 protected $util = null;
10485 * Constructor.
10487 * @param string $name Unique ascii name like 'mycoresetting' or 'myplugin/mysetting'
10488 * @param string $visiblename Localised label of the setting
10489 * @param string $description Localised description of the setting
10490 * @param string $defaultsetting Default setting value.
10491 * @param array $options Setting widget options, an array with optional keys:
10492 * 'onlytypes' => array Allow selection from these file types only; for example ['onlytypes' => ['web_image']].
10493 * 'allowall' => bool Allow to select 'All file types', defaults to true. Does not apply if onlytypes are set.
10495 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting = '', array $options = []) {
10497 parent::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, PARAM_RAW);
10499 if (array_key_exists('onlytypes', $options) && is_array($options['onlytypes'])) {
10500 $this->onlytypes = $options['onlytypes'];
10503 if (!$this->onlytypes && array_key_exists('allowall', $options)) {
10504 $this->allowall = (bool)$options['allowall'];
10507 $this->util = new \core_form\filetypes_util();
10511 * Normalize the user's input and write it to the database as comma separated list.
10513 * Comma separated list as a text representation of the array was chosen to
10514 * make this compatible with how the $CFG->courseoverviewfilesext values are stored.
10516 * @param string $data Value submitted by the admin.
10517 * @return string Epty string if all good, error message otherwise.
10519 public function write_setting($data) {
10520 return parent::write_setting(implode(',', $this->util->normalize_file_types($data)));
10524 * Validate data before storage
10526 * @param string $data The setting values provided by the admin
10527 * @return bool|string True if ok, the string if error found
10529 public function validate($data) {
10531 // No need to call parent's validation here as we are PARAM_RAW.
10533 if ($this->util->is_whitelisted($data, $this->onlytypes)) {
10534 return true;
10536 } else {
10537 $troublemakers = $this->util->get_not_whitelisted($data, $this->onlytypes);
10538 return get_string('filetypesnotwhitelisted', 'core_form', implode(' ', $troublemakers));
10543 * Return an HTML string for the setting element.
10545 * @param string $data The current setting value
10546 * @param string $query Admin search query to be highlighted
10547 * @return string HTML to be displayed
10549 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
10550 global $OUTPUT, $PAGE;
10552 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
10553 $context = (object) [
10554 'id' => $this->get_id(),
10555 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
10556 'value' => $data,
10557 'descriptions' => $this->util->describe_file_types($data),
10559 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_filetypes', $context);
10561 $PAGE->requires->js_call_amd('core_form/filetypes', 'init', [
10562 $this->get_id(),
10563 $this->visiblename->out(),
10564 $this->onlytypes,
10565 $this->allowall,
10568 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename, $element, $this->description, true, '', $default, $query);
10572 * Should the values be always displayed in LTR mode?
10574 * We always return true here because these values are not RTL compatible.
10576 * @return bool True because these values are not RTL compatible.
10578 public function get_force_ltr() {
10579 return true;